Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

for domestic use only

  • 1 domestic

    domestic [də'mestɪk]
    (a) (household → duty, chore) ménager;
    for domestic use only (on packaging) réservé à l'usage domestique
    (b) (of the family → duties, problems) familial; (→ life) familial, de famille;
    they lived in domestic bliss for many years ça a été un ménage très heureux pendant de nombreuses années;
    a minor domestic crisis un petit problème à la maison;
    a domestic sort of person (woman) une femme d'intérieur; (man) un homme d'intérieur;
    this is all very domestic tout ceci donne une ambiance très familiale
    (c) (not foreign → affairs, flight, trade, policy) intérieur; (→ currency, economy, news, produce) national
    (d) (not wild → animal) domestique
    2 noun
    British formal domestique mf; American femme f de ménage
    ►► domestic airline ligne f intérieure;
    domestic appliance appareil m ménager;
    domestic excursionist excursionniste mf (dans son propre pays);
    domestic fowl volaille f;
    domestic help aide f ménagère;
    American domestic mail correspondance f à destination de l'intérieur;
    Commerce & Economics domestic market marché m intérieur;
    domestic product produit m ménager;
    Commerce & Economics domestic products denrées fpl du pays;
    domestic refuse ordures fpl ménagères;
    Aviation domestic route ligne f intérieure;
    domestic sales ventes fpl domestiques;
    British formerly School domestic science enseignement m ménager;
    domestic servant domestique m;
    domestic service domesticité f;
    she was in domestic service elle était domestique;
    domestic staff employés mpl de maison, domestiques mpl;
    domestic tourism tourisme m national;
    domestic tourist touriste m national;
    domestic travel voyages mpl domestiques;
    domestic visitor touriste m national

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > domestic

  • 2 Haus- und Grundstückserträge

    Haus- und Grundstückserträge
    income from buildings and landed property (real estate, US);
    Hauserwerb house purchase;
    Hauserwerb im Abzahlungswege house purchase by instalment payment;
    Hauserwerber house property purchaser;
    Hausflagge (Reeder) burgee;
    Hausfrau housewife, home manager;
    Hausfriedensbruch breach of close, forcible entry into a building;
    Hausgebrauch domestic use;
    nur für den Hausgebrauch for domestic use only;
    Hausgehilfin domestic servant;
    Hausgemeinschaft housemating;
    Hausgenosse inmate, housemate, fellow lodger;
    Hausgewalt power of the keys;
    Hausgrundstück freehold house;
    hypothekarisch belastetes Hausgrundstück mortgage building.

    Business german-english dictionary > Haus- und Grundstückserträge

  • 3 nur für den Hausgebrauch

    nur für den Hausgebrauch
    for domestic use only

    Business german-english dictionary > nur für den Hausgebrauch

  • 4 uso

    m.
    1 use.
    hacer uso de to make use of, to use; (utilizar) to exercise (de prerrogativa, derecho)
    fuera de uso out of use, obsolete
    tener el uso de la palabra to have the floor
    uso de razón power of reason
    2 custom (costumbre).
    al uso fashionable
    al uso andaluz in the Andalusian style
    3 usage (linguistics).
    4 wear and tear (desgaste).
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: usar.
    * * *
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) use
    2) wear
    3) custom, usage
    * * *
    SF ABR Esp
    = Unión Sindical Obrera
    * * *
    a) (de producto, medicamento) use; (de máquina, material) use

    métodos de uso extendido en... — methods widely used in...

    de uso externo — (Farm) for external use only

    b) (de idioma, expresión) use

    una expresión sancionada por el uso — (frml) an expression that has gained acceptance through usage

    c) (de facultad, derecho)

    hacer uso de la palabra — (frml) to speak

    hacer uso y abuso de algo — ( de privilegio) to abuse something

    2) ( de prenda)
    3) (utilidad, aplicación) use
    4) ( usanza) custom
    * * *
    = deployment, disposition, exercise, take-up, usage, use, utilisation [utilization, -USA], utility, consumption, employment, uptake, wear, delivery.
    Ex. In the context of this report any such policy would have to accept that speedy response to current problems requires the deployment of resources in favour of innovative information-driven programmes.
    Ex. The process provides an effective means of controlling such serials until a final decision has been made regarding their disposition.
    Ex. A poorly structured scheme requires the exercise of a good deal of initiative on the part of the indexer in order to overcome or avoid the poor structure.
    Ex. One of the reasons for the relatively slow take-up of microcomputers in libraries in the Philippines is the problem caused by the multitude of languages used in the island group.
    Ex. Changes in usage of terms over time can also present problems = Los cambios en el uso de los términos con el transcurso del tiempo también pueden presentar problemas.
    Ex. Systematic mnemonics is the use of the same notation for a given topic wherever that topic occurs.
    Ex. On occasions it is necessary to adopt an order or arrangement which leads to the efficient utilisation of space.
    Ex. Situations where subdivisions might have had some utility are served by the co-ordination of index terms at the search stage.
    Ex. The screen display formats required by cataloguing staff may be not at all suitable for public consumption.
    Ex. Through the employment of such implicitly derogatory terminology librarians virtually give themselves licence to disregard or downgrade the value of certain materials.
    Ex. The project is investigating the factors which promote or inhibit the uptake of computers in primary schools.
    Ex. When in use moulds were subject to severe wear which resulted in noticeable deterioration of the surface.
    Ex. Entry of number '21' reverses the present delivery status.
    ----
    * alfabetización en el uso de la biblioteca = library literacy.
    * aparato para el uso de la información = information appliance.
    * aumento del uso = increased use.
    * bloque funcional para uso internacional = international use block.
    * bloque funcional para uso nacional = national use block.
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * condiciones de uso = terms of use.
    * condiciones legales de uso = legal boilerplate.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * conocimientos básicos sobre el uso de las bibliotecas = library skills.
    * cubrir un uso = address + use.
    * cuchillo de un solo uso = disposable knife.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar un uso = put to + purpose.
    * dar uso = put to + use.
    * dar uso a = make + use of.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de muchos usos = all-purpose.
    * de pago según el uso = on a pay a you use basis, on a pay as you go basis.
    * de poco uso = low-use.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desgaste por el uso = wear and tear.
    * destrezas relacionadas con el uso de la información = information skills.
    * de un solo uso = disposable, single-use.
    * de uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * de uso cutáneo = use + topically.
    * de uso externo = for external use only.
    * de uso flexible = hop-on/hop-off.
    * de uso frecuente = frequently-used.
    * de uso general = general-use.
    * de uso interno = in-house [inhouse].
    * de uso múltiple = all-purpose.
    * de uso público = publicly available.
    * de uso tópico = use + topically.
    * encuesta sobre el uso del tiempo = time-use survey.
    * en pleno uso de + Posesivo + facultades físicas y mentales = of (a) sound mind, of (a) sound and disposing mind and memory, mentally fit, physically and mentally fit.
    * en pleno uso de + Posesivo + razón = mentally fit.
    * en uso = in use.
    * estadísticas de uso = usage statistics, use statistics.
    * estudio de uso = use study.
    * facilidad de uso = usability, user-friendliness, ease of use.
    * formación en el uso de la biblioteca = library literacy.
    * frecuencia de uso = usage rate.
    * gastado por el uso = worn-out.
    * hábito de uso = usage pattern, use pattern.
    * hábito de uso, patrón de uso = usage pattern.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer uso = put to + use.
    * hacer uso de = make + use of, draw on/upon, leverage, patronise [patronize, -USA], tap into, deploy.
    * hacer uso de influencias = pull + strings.
    * hacer uso de recursos = tap into + resources.
    * hacer uso de un conocimiento = draw on/upon + knowledge.
    * hacer uso personal = make + personal use.
    * haciendo uso de = by recourse to.
    * herramienta de uso de Internet = Internet appliance.
    * herramienta para el uso de la información = information appliance.
    * impuesto sobre artículos de uso y consumo = excise tax.
    * incremento del uso = increased use.
    * índice de uso = performance measure, output measure.
    * instrucciones de uso = use instruction.
    * licencia de uso = licence agreement.
    * mal uso = misuse, mishandling.
    * mediante el uso de los recursos = resource-based.
    * método de evaluación de un edificio en uso = post-occupancy evaluation method.
    * multiuso = multi-functional, multi-use [multiuse].
    * normas de uso = user policy.
    * ordenadores de uso público = PAWS (Public access workstations).
    * pago según el uso = pay-per-view, pay-for-use.
    * páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * plato de un solo uso = disposable plate.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * proteger Algo para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * recurrir al uso de = resort to + the use of.
    * rentabilizar el uso = maximise + use.
    * ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * ser de un solo uso = be a one-trip pony.
    * ser de uso general = be in general use, be generally available.
    * servilleta de un solo uso = disposable napkin.
    * sistema de facturación por uso = cost billing system.
    * sistema en uso = operational system.
    * sustancia de uso reglamentado = controlled substance.
    * sustancia de uso regulado = controlled substance.
    * tenedor de un solo uso = disposable fork.
    * uso a distancia = remote use.
    * uso compartido = sharing.
    * uso compartido de la información = information sharing.
    * uso compartido de mesas de trabajo = hot desking.
    * uso compartido de recursos = resource sharing, time-sharing [timesharing].
    * uso de instrumentos = instrumentation.
    * uso de la biblioteca = library use, library usage.
    * uso de la colección = stock use.
    * uso de la letra cursiva = italicisation [italicization, -USA].
    * uso de las mayúsculas = capitalisation [capitalization, -USA].
    * uso de la tierra = land use.
    * uso de sustancias = substance use.
    * uso de un modo descuidado = bandying about.
    * uso diario = everyday use.
    * uso doméstico = domestic use.
    * uso excesivo = prodigality, overuse.
    * uso excesivo de = greed for.
    * uso inadecuado = misuse, mistreatment.
    * uso indebido = misuse.
    * uso normal = normal usage.
    * uso óptimo de los recursos = value for money.
    * uso personal = personal use.
    * uso público en la propia biblioteca = in-library use.
    * uso razonable = fair dealing, fair use.
    * uso remoto = remote use.
    * usos y costumbres = customs and habits.
    * usos y gratificaciones = uses and gratifications.
    * uso tópico = for external use only.
    * usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.
    * usuario que hace poco uso del préstamo = light borrower.
    * usuario que hace uso del préstamo = borrower.
    * * *
    a) (de producto, medicamento) use; (de máquina, material) use

    métodos de uso extendido en... — methods widely used in...

    de uso externo — (Farm) for external use only

    b) (de idioma, expresión) use

    una expresión sancionada por el uso — (frml) an expression that has gained acceptance through usage

    c) (de facultad, derecho)

    hacer uso de la palabra — (frml) to speak

    hacer uso y abuso de algo — ( de privilegio) to abuse something

    2) ( de prenda)
    3) (utilidad, aplicación) use
    4) ( usanza) custom
    * * *
    = deployment, disposition, exercise, take-up, usage, use, utilisation [utilization, -USA], utility, consumption, employment, uptake, wear, delivery.

    Ex: In the context of this report any such policy would have to accept that speedy response to current problems requires the deployment of resources in favour of innovative information-driven programmes.

    Ex: The process provides an effective means of controlling such serials until a final decision has been made regarding their disposition.
    Ex: A poorly structured scheme requires the exercise of a good deal of initiative on the part of the indexer in order to overcome or avoid the poor structure.
    Ex: One of the reasons for the relatively slow take-up of microcomputers in libraries in the Philippines is the problem caused by the multitude of languages used in the island group.
    Ex: Changes in usage of terms over time can also present problems = Los cambios en el uso de los términos con el transcurso del tiempo también pueden presentar problemas.
    Ex: Systematic mnemonics is the use of the same notation for a given topic wherever that topic occurs.
    Ex: On occasions it is necessary to adopt an order or arrangement which leads to the efficient utilisation of space.
    Ex: Situations where subdivisions might have had some utility are served by the co-ordination of index terms at the search stage.
    Ex: The screen display formats required by cataloguing staff may be not at all suitable for public consumption.
    Ex: Through the employment of such implicitly derogatory terminology librarians virtually give themselves licence to disregard or downgrade the value of certain materials.
    Ex: The project is investigating the factors which promote or inhibit the uptake of computers in primary schools.
    Ex: When in use moulds were subject to severe wear which resulted in noticeable deterioration of the surface.
    Ex: Entry of number '21' reverses the present delivery status.
    * alfabetización en el uso de la biblioteca = library literacy.
    * aparato para el uso de la información = information appliance.
    * aumento del uso = increased use.
    * bloque funcional para uso internacional = international use block.
    * bloque funcional para uso nacional = national use block.
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * condiciones de uso = terms of use.
    * condiciones legales de uso = legal boilerplate.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * conocimientos básicos sobre el uso de las bibliotecas = library skills.
    * cubrir un uso = address + use.
    * cuchillo de un solo uso = disposable knife.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar un uso = put to + purpose.
    * dar uso = put to + use.
    * dar uso a = make + use of.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de muchos usos = all-purpose.
    * de pago según el uso = on a pay a you use basis, on a pay as you go basis.
    * de poco uso = low-use.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desgaste por el uso = wear and tear.
    * destrezas relacionadas con el uso de la información = information skills.
    * de un solo uso = disposable, single-use.
    * de uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * de uso cutáneo = use + topically.
    * de uso externo = for external use only.
    * de uso flexible = hop-on/hop-off.
    * de uso frecuente = frequently-used.
    * de uso general = general-use.
    * de uso interno = in-house [inhouse].
    * de uso múltiple = all-purpose.
    * de uso público = publicly available.
    * de uso tópico = use + topically.
    * encuesta sobre el uso del tiempo = time-use survey.
    * en pleno uso de + Posesivo + facultades físicas y mentales = of (a) sound mind, of (a) sound and disposing mind and memory, mentally fit, physically and mentally fit.
    * en pleno uso de + Posesivo + razón = mentally fit.
    * en uso = in use.
    * estadísticas de uso = usage statistics, use statistics.
    * estudio de uso = use study.
    * facilidad de uso = usability, user-friendliness, ease of use.
    * formación en el uso de la biblioteca = library literacy.
    * frecuencia de uso = usage rate.
    * gastado por el uso = worn-out.
    * hábito de uso = usage pattern, use pattern.
    * hábito de uso, patrón de uso = usage pattern.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer uso = put to + use.
    * hacer uso de = make + use of, draw on/upon, leverage, patronise [patronize, -USA], tap into, deploy.
    * hacer uso de influencias = pull + strings.
    * hacer uso de recursos = tap into + resources.
    * hacer uso de un conocimiento = draw on/upon + knowledge.
    * hacer uso personal = make + personal use.
    * haciendo uso de = by recourse to.
    * herramienta de uso de Internet = Internet appliance.
    * herramienta para el uso de la información = information appliance.
    * impuesto sobre artículos de uso y consumo = excise tax.
    * incremento del uso = increased use.
    * índice de uso = performance measure, output measure.
    * instrucciones de uso = use instruction.
    * licencia de uso = licence agreement.
    * mal uso = misuse, mishandling.
    * mediante el uso de los recursos = resource-based.
    * método de evaluación de un edificio en uso = post-occupancy evaluation method.
    * multiuso = multi-functional, multi-use [multiuse].
    * normas de uso = user policy.
    * ordenadores de uso público = PAWS (Public access workstations).
    * pago según el uso = pay-per-view, pay-for-use.
    * páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * plato de un solo uso = disposable plate.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * proteger Algo para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * recurrir al uso de = resort to + the use of.
    * rentabilizar el uso = maximise + use.
    * ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * ser de un solo uso = be a one-trip pony.
    * ser de uso general = be in general use, be generally available.
    * servilleta de un solo uso = disposable napkin.
    * sistema de facturación por uso = cost billing system.
    * sistema en uso = operational system.
    * sustancia de uso reglamentado = controlled substance.
    * sustancia de uso regulado = controlled substance.
    * tenedor de un solo uso = disposable fork.
    * uso a distancia = remote use.
    * uso compartido = sharing.
    * uso compartido de la información = information sharing.
    * uso compartido de mesas de trabajo = hot desking.
    * uso compartido de recursos = resource sharing, time-sharing [timesharing].
    * uso de instrumentos = instrumentation.
    * uso de la biblioteca = library use, library usage.
    * uso de la colección = stock use.
    * uso de la letra cursiva = italicisation [italicization, -USA].
    * uso de las mayúsculas = capitalisation [capitalization, -USA].
    * uso de la tierra = land use.
    * uso de sustancias = substance use.
    * uso de un modo descuidado = bandying about.
    * uso diario = everyday use.
    * uso doméstico = domestic use.
    * uso excesivo = prodigality, overuse.
    * uso excesivo de = greed for.
    * uso inadecuado = misuse, mistreatment.
    * uso indebido = misuse.
    * uso normal = normal usage.
    * uso óptimo de los recursos = value for money.
    * uso personal = personal use.
    * uso público en la propia biblioteca = in-library use.
    * uso razonable = fair dealing, fair use.
    * uso remoto = remote use.
    * usos y costumbres = customs and habits.
    * usos y gratificaciones = uses and gratifications.
    * uso tópico = for external use only.
    * usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.
    * usuario que hace poco uso del préstamo = light borrower.
    * usuario que hace uso del préstamo = borrower.

    * * *
    /ˈuso/
    (en Esp) = Unión Sindical Obrera
    * * *

     

    Del verbo usar: ( conjugate usar)

    uso es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    usó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    usar    
    uso
    usar ( conjugate usar) verbo transitivo

    ¿qué champú usas? what shampoo do you use?;

    uso algo/a algn de or como algo to use sth/sb as sth
    b) ( llevar) ‹alhajas/ropa/perfume to wear;


    usarse verbo pronominal (en 3a pers) (esp AmL) ( estar de moda) [color/ropa] to be in fashion, to be popular;

    uso sustantivo masculino
    a) (de producto, medicamento, máquina) use;


    hacer uso de algo to use sth
    b) (de facultad, derecho):


    hacer uso de un derecho to exercise a right;
    desde que tengo uso de razón ever since I can remember;
    hacer uso de la palabra (frml) to speak
    c) ( de prenda):


    los zapatos ceden con el uso shoes give with wear
    usar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (hacer uso, emplear) to use: no uses mi maquinilla, don't use my razor
    siempre usa el mismo método, she uses always the same method
    2 (llevar ropa, perfume, etc) to wear
    II vi (utilizar) to use
    uso sustantivo masculino
    1 use
    (aplicación) se compró el ordenador, pero no le da ningún uso, he bought the computer, but he never makes use of it
    (modo de aplicación) instrucciones de uso, instructions for use
    uso externo/tópico, external/local application
    2 (costumbre) custom
    ' uso' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    billón
    - cada
    - casarse
    - como
    - crema
    - cuchara
    - destartalar
    - destino
    - deterioro
    - doméstica
    - doméstico
    - escayola
    - espantosa
    - espantoso
    - estar
    - extendida
    - extendido
    - externa
    - externo
    - gasto
    - lindeza
    - misma
    - mismo
    - mortal
    - muerta
    - muerto
    - parecer
    - permitirse
    - poder
    - prerrogativa
    - pues
    - pura
    - puro
    - que
    - rozar
    - rozarse
    - sala
    - si
    - tal
    - tópica
    - tópico
    - universal
    - usar
    - utensilio
    - vaya
    - ver
    - verdadera
    - verdadero
    - vulgarización
    - vulgarizar
    English:
    abuse
    - afford
    - agree
    - antiallergenic
    - balloon
    - bed
    - blind
    - cease
    - continue
    - current
    - disposable
    - do
    - dog-eared
    - enjoy
    - ever
    - exclusively
    - feel
    - floor
    - fluoride
    - for
    - fuck
    - good
    - have
    - hear of
    - herself
    - himself
    - indeed
    - intend
    - internal
    - it
    - itself
    - just
    - lend
    - lie
    - listen
    - literally
    - misuse
    - myself
    - never
    - next
    - nice
    - not
    - oneself
    - only
    - ourselves
    - practice
    - practise
    - public
    - quite
    - ridesharing
    * * *
    USO ['uso] nf (abrev de Unión Sindical Obrera)
    = centre-right Spanish union
    * * *
    f abr (= Unión Sindical Obrera) Spanish trade union
    * * *
    uso nm
    1) empleo, utilización: use
    de uso personal: for personal use
    hacer uso de: to make use of
    2) : wear
    uso y desgaste: wear and tear
    3) usanza: custom, usage, habit
    al uso de: in the manner of, in the style of
    * * *
    uso n
    2. (ropa, etc) wearing

    Spanish-English dictionary > uso

  • 5 Cochran, Josephine C.

    [br]
    b. c.1842 Ohio, USA
    d. after November 1908 USA
    [br]
    American inventor of the dishwashing machine.
    [br]
    Amidst the growing cohorts of American inventors who began to deluge the patent office with their inventions from around the middle of the nineteenth century are at least 30 women who received patents for dishwashers. Of these, it seems that Josephine C.Cochran can be credited with the invention of the first commercially available dishwasher. She developed her machine over a period often years, achieving patents in 1886 and 1888, with a third in 1894 for a "dish-cleaner". She completed the work in 1889, only after the death of her husband, who had kept her too short of funds to perfect her invention. Cochran exhibited her dishwasher at the Columbian Exposition in Chicago in 1892. There was a smaller, "family"-size machine for domestic use and a larger model, steam-driven, for major hotels and restaurants; this latter model was used by many such establishments in Chicago. It was said that the large machine could scald, rinse and dry up to 240 plates of various shapes and sizes in two minutes. Her invention had won her sufficient fame to earn her a place in a list, published in 1886, of prominent American women inventors.
    Little is known of Cochran's personal details, save that she was married to a circuit clerk ten years her senior, by whom she had a daughter. She was still active in November 1908, for she exhibited again at the Martha Washington Hotel Suffrage Bazaar in New York City.
    [br]
    Further Reading
    A.Stanley, 1993, Mothers and Daughters of Invention, Meruchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, pp. 438–9.
    LRD

    Biographical history of technology > Cochran, Josephine C.

  • 6 intern

    [inwonend] resident
    [met betrekking tot een staat, organisatie] internal domestic
    [met betrekking tot het lichaam] internal
    voorbeelden:
    1   interne leerlingen boarders
         interne patiënten in-patients
         school(wezen)was je daar intern? were you a boarder?
    2   interne aangelegenheden internal/domestic affairs
         uitsluitend voor intern gebruik for private use only, confidential
    3   interne geneeskunde internal medicine
         op (de afdeling) interne (geneeskunde) liggen be in the internal medicine ward

    Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > intern

  • 7 Voigt, Paul Gustavus Adolphus Helmuth

    [br]
    b. 9 December 1901 Forest Hill, London, England
    d. 9 February 1981 Brighton, Ontario, Canada
    [br]
    English/Canadian electronics engineer, developer of electromechanical recording and reproductions systems, amplifiers and loudspeakers.
    [br]
    He received his education at Dulwich College and in 1922 graduated with a BSc from University College, London. He had an early interest in the application of valve amplifiers, and after graduating he was employed by J.E.Hough, Edison Bell Works, to develop a line of radio-receiving equipment. However, he became interested in the mechanical (and later electrical) side of recording and from 1925 developed principles and equipment. In particular he developed capacitor microphones, not only for in-house work but also commercially, until the mid-1930s. The Edison Bell company did not survive the Depression and closed in 1933. Voigt founded his own company, Voigt Patents Ltd, concentrating on loudspeakers for cinemas and developing horn loudspeakers for domestic use. During the Second World War he continued to develop loudspeaker units and gramophone pick-ups, and in 1950 he emigrated to Toronto, Canada, but his company closed. Voigt taught electronics, and from 1960 to 1969 he was employed by the Radio Regulations Laboratory in Ottawa. After retirement he worked with theoretical cosmology and fundamental interactions.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    Most of Voigt's patents are concerned with improvements in the magnetic circuit in dynamic loudspeakers and centring devices for diaphragms. However, UK patent nos. 278,098, 404,037 and 447,749 may be regarded as particularly relevant. In 1940 Voigt contributed a remarkable paper on the principles of equalization in mechanical recording: "Getting the best from records, part 1—the recording characteristic", Wireless World (February): 141–4.
    Further Reading
    Personal accounts of experiences with Voigt may be found in "Paul Voigt's contribution to Audio", British Kinematography Sound and Television (October 1970): 316–27, which also includes a list of his patents.
    GB-N

    Biographical history of technology > Voigt, Paul Gustavus Adolphus Helmuth

  • 8 water

    1. noun
    1) Wasser, das

    be under water — [Straße, Sportplatz usw.:] unter Wasser stehen

    the island across or over the water — die Insel drüben

    send/carry something by water — etwas auf dem Wasserweg versenden/befördern

    be in deep water(fig.) in großen Schwierigkeiten sein

    get [oneself] into deep water — (fig.) sich in große Schwierigkeiten bringen

    on the water(in boat etc.) auf dem Wasser

    pour or throw cold water on something — (fig.) einer Sache (Dat.) einen Dämpfer aufsetzen

    water under the bridge or over the dam — (fig.) Schnee von gestern (fig.)

    2) in pl. (part of the sea etc.) Gewässer Pl.
    3) in pl. (mineral water at spa etc.) Heilquelle, die; Brunnen, der

    take or drink the waters — eine Brunnenkur machen

    4)
    2. transitive verb
    1) bewässern [Land]; wässern [Pflanzen]

    water the flowers — die Blumen [be]gießen

    2) (adulterate) verwässern [Wein, Bier usw.]
    3) [Fluss:] bewässern [Land]
    4) (give drink of water to) tränken [Tier, Vieh]
    3. intransitive verb
    1) [Augen:] tränen
    2)

    my mouth was watering as... — mir lief das Wasser im Munde zusammen, als...

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/93651/water_down">water down
    * * *
    ['wo:tə] 1. noun
    (a colourless, transparent liquid compound of hydrogen and oxygen, having no taste or smell, which turns to steam when boiled and to ice when frozen: She drank two glasses of water; `Are you going swimming in the sea?' `No, the water's too cold'; Each bedroom in the hotel is supplied with hot and cold running water; ( also adjective) The plumber had to turn off the water supply in order to repair the pipe; transport by land and water.) das Wasser, Wasser-...
    2. verb
    1) (to supply with water: He watered the plants.) bewässern
    2) ((of the mouth) to produce saliva: His mouth watered at the sight of all the food.) wässern
    3) ((of the eyes) to fill with tears: The dense smoke made his eyes water.) tränen
    - waters
    - watery
    - wateriness
    - waterborne
    - water-closet
    - water-colour
    - watercress
    - waterfall
    - waterfowl
    - waterfront
    - waterhole
    - watering-can
    - water level
    - waterlily
    - waterlogged
    - water main
    - water-melon
    - waterproof
    3. noun
    (a coat made of waterproof material: She was wearing a waterproof.) der Regenmantel
    4. verb
    (to make (material) waterproof.) imprägnieren
    - watershed
    - water-skiing
    - water-ski
    - watertight
    - water vapour
    - waterway
    - waterwheel
    - waterworks
    - hold water
    - into deep water
    - in deep water
    - water down
    * * *
    wa·ter
    [ˈwɔ:təʳ, AM ˈwɑ:t̬ɚ]
    I. n
    1. no pl (colourless liquid) Wasser nt
    a bottle/a drink/a glass of \water eine Flasche/ein Schluck m/ein Glas nt Wasser
    bottled \water in Flaschen abgefülltes Wasser
    \water for domestic use Haushaltsbrauchwasser nt
    \water for firefighting Löschwasser nt
    hot and cold running \water fließendes kaltes und warmes Wasser
    to make \water (urinate) Wasser lassen; (leak) lecken, Wasser machen
    to pass \water Wasser lassen
    by \water auf dem Wasserweg
    under \water unter Wasser
    2. (area of water)
    \waters pl Gewässer pl
    the \waters of the Rhine die Wasser pl [o liter Fluten pl] des Rheins
    British/South African \water Britische/Südafrikanische Gewässer
    coastal \waters Küstengewässer pl
    murky \waters ( dated or fig) trübe Gewässer fig
    uncharted \waters ( fig) unbekannte Gewässer fig
    3. ( dated)
    \waters pl (spa water) Heilquelle f
    to take the \waters ( hist) eine Brunnenkur machen
    4. (tide level) Wasserstand m
    high \water Hochwasser nt
    low \water Niedrigwasser nt
    high \water mark Hochwassermarke f
    low \water mark Niedrigwassermarke f
    5. MED
    \water on the brain Wasserkopf m
    \water on the knee Kniegelenkerguss m
    the \waters pl das Fruchtwasser
    at around three o'clock her \waters broke gegen drei Uhr ist bei ihr die Fruchtblase geplatzt
    7.
    blood is thicker than \water ( prov) Blut ist dicker als Wasser
    to be \water under the bridge Schnee von gestern sein fam
    come hell or high \water komme was [da] wolle, unter allen Umständen
    to be in deep \water in großen Schwierigkeiten sein
    to be [like] \water off a duck's back an jdm einfach abprallen, jdn völlig kaltlassen fam
    of the first \water (extremely good) von höchster Qualität nach n; (extremely bad) der schlimmsten Sorte nach n
    like a fish out of \water wie ein Fisch auf dem Trocknen
    to get into hot \water in Teufels Küche kommen
    to go through fire and \water for sb/sth für jdn/etw durchs Feuer gehen
    through hell and high \water durch dick und dünn
    to hold \water argument stichhaltig [o wasserdicht] sein
    to keep one's head above \water sich akk über Wasser halten
    to pour oil on troubled \waters Öl auf die Wogen gießen, die Gemüter beruhigen
    to pour cold \water on sth etw dat einen Dämpfer aufsetzen fam
    stop pouring cold \water on all my ideas! hör auf, mir alle meine Ideen madigzumachen!
    to spend money like \water das Geld mit beiden Händen ausgeben, mit dem Geld nur so um sich akk werfen
    still \waters run deep ( fig) stille Wasser sind tief prov
    to take to sth like a duck to \water sich akk bei etw dat gleich in seinem Element fühlen
    you can take a horse to \water but you can't make it drink ( prov) man kann niemanden zu seinem Glück zwingen
    to throw out the baby with the bath \water das Kind mit dem Bade ausschütten
    II. vt
    to \water sth etw bewässern; farm animals etw tränken; garden etw sprengen; flowers, plants etw gießen
    III. vi
    2. (salivate) mouth wässern geh
    ooh, the smell of that bread is making my mouth \water! mmh, das Brot riecht so gut, da läuft einem ja das Wasser im Mund zusammen!
    * * *
    ['wɔːtə(r)]
    1. n
    1) Wasser nt

    the field is under ( two feet of) water — das Feld steht (zwei Fuß) unter Wasser

    that excuse/argument etc won't hold water (inf) — diese Entschuldigung/dieses Argument etc ist nicht hieb- und stichfest (inf)

    2)

    (of sea, of lake etc) by water — auf dem Wasserweg, zu Wasser (geh)

    the waters ( Bibl liter ) —, liter ) die Wasser pl

    3) (= urine) Wasser nt
    4)

    (at spa) the waters — die Heilquelle

    to drink or take the waters — eine Kur machen; (drinking only) eine Trinkkur machen

    5) (MED)
    6)

    (= toilet water) rose etc water — Rosenwasser nt etc

    7)

    (fig phrases) to keep one's head above water — sich über Wasser halten

    to get ( oneself) into deep water(s) —

    a lot of water has flowed under the bridge since thenseitdem ist so viel Wasser den Berg or den Bach hinuntergeflossen

    to be in/get into hot water (inf)in Schwierigkeiten or in (des) Teufels Küche (inf) sein/geraten (over wegen +gen )

    he's in hot water with his father (inf)er hat Zoff mit seinem Vater (inf)

    2. vt
    1) garden, lawn, roads sprengen; land, field bewässern; plant (be)gießen
    2) horses, cattle tränken
    3) wine verwässern, verdünnen
    4)
    3. vi
    1) (mouth) wässern; (eye) tränen
    2) (animals) trinken
    * * *
    water [ˈwɔːtə(r)]
    A v/t
    1. bewässern, den Rasen, eine Straße etc sprengen, Pflanzen etc (be)gießen
    2. Vieh tränken
    3. mit Wasser versorgen:
    water ship B 2
    4. oft water down verwässern:
    a) verdünnen, Wein panschen
    b) fig abschwächen, mildern
    c) fig mundgerecht machen:
    a watered-down liberalism ein verwässerter Liberalismus;
    watering-down policy Verwässerungspolitik f;
    he watered his lecture er zog seinen Vortrag in die Länge
    5. WIRTSCH Aktienkapital verwässern
    6. TECH
    a) wässern, einweichen, befeuchten
    b) Töpferei, Malerei: Ton, Farbe einsumpfen
    c) Kalk einmachen
    d) Flachs rösten
    e) Stoff wässern, moirieren
    f) Stahl damaszieren
    B v/i
    1. wässern (Mund), tränen (Augen):
    the news made his eyes water bei der Nachricht begannen seine Augen zu tränen;
    his mouth watered das Wasser lief ihm im Mund zusammen;
    make sb’s mouth water jemandem den Mund wässerig machen (a. fig);
    the sight made my mouth water bei dem Anblick lief mir das Wasser im Mund zusammen
    2. SCHIFF Wasser einnehmen
    3. Wasser trinken (Vieh)
    4. FLUG wassern
    C s
    1. Wasser n:
    be (as) weak as water
    a) auch feel (as) weak as water sich sehr schwach fühlen
    b) ganz schwach sein, pej wie Wasser schmecken (Getränk)
    c) keinerlei Willenskraft haben
    d) äußerst schwach sein (Argument etc);
    be under water unter Wasser stehen;
    a) Wasser des Vergessens, Vergessen n,
    b) Tod m
    2. meist pl Mineralwasser n, Brunnen m, Wasser n (einer Heilquelle):
    drink ( oder take) the waters eine Trinkkur machen (at in dat)
    3. Wasser n, Gewässer n:
    in Chinese waters in chinesischen Gewässern;
    (by land and) by water (zu Lande und) zu Wasser, auf dem (Land- und) Wasserweg;
    a) auf dem Meer, zur See,
    b) zu Schiff;
    be on the water verschifft werden;
    the waters pl poet das Meer, die See
    4. meist pl Flut f, Fluten pl, Wasser n oder pl
    5. Wasserstand m: high water, low water
    6. Wasserspiegel m:
    above (below) (the) water über (unter) Wasser oder dem Wasserspiegel
    7. (Toiletten) Wasser n
    8. CHEM Wasserlösung f
    9. MED, PHYSIOL
    a) Wasser n, Sekret n (z. B. Speichel, Schweiß, Urin):
    pass ( oder make) water Wasser lassen;
    the sight brought the water to my mouth bei dem Anblick lief mir das Wasser im Mund zusammen;
    water on the brain Wasserkopf m;
    water on the knee Kniegelenkerguss m
    b) meist pl Fruchtwasser n
    10. TECH Wasser n (reiner Glanz eines Edelsteins):
    of the first water reinsten Wassers (a. fig);
    a scoundrel of the first water fig ein Erzhalunke
    11. TECH
    a) Wasser(glanz) n(m), Moiré n (von Stoffen)
    b) Damaszierung f (von Stahl)Besondere Redewendungen: hold water fig stichhaltig sein;
    pour ( oder throw) cold water on fig einer Sache einen Dämpfer aufsetzen, wie eine kalte Dusche wirken auf (akk);
    the wine flowed like water der Wein floss in Strömen;
    spend money like water mit dem Geld nur so um sich werfen;
    make ( oder take) water SCHIFF Wasser machen, leck sein (Schiff);
    make the water SCHIFF vom Stapel laufen;
    still waters run deep (Sprichwort) stille Wasser sind tief; bread Bes Redew, bridge1 A 1, deep A 1, fish A 1, head Bes Redew, hot A 13, low water, oil A 1, write A 2
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) Wasser, das

    be under water[Straße, Sportplatz usw.:] unter Wasser stehen

    the island across or over the water — die Insel drüben

    send/carry something by water — etwas auf dem Wasserweg versenden/befördern

    be in deep water(fig.) in großen Schwierigkeiten sein

    get [oneself] into deep water — (fig.) sich in große Schwierigkeiten bringen

    on the water(in boat etc.) auf dem Wasser

    pour or throw cold water on something — (fig.) einer Sache (Dat.) einen Dämpfer aufsetzen

    water under the bridge or over the dam — (fig.) Schnee von gestern (fig.)

    2) in pl. (part of the sea etc.) Gewässer Pl.
    3) in pl. (mineral water at spa etc.) Heilquelle, die; Brunnen, der

    take or drink the waters — eine Brunnenkur machen

    4)
    2. transitive verb
    1) bewässern [Land]; wässern [Pflanzen]

    water the flowers — die Blumen [be]gießen

    2) (adulterate) verwässern [Wein, Bier usw.]
    3) [Fluss:] bewässern [Land]
    4) (give drink of water to) tränken [Tier, Vieh]
    3. intransitive verb
    1) [Augen:] tränen
    2)

    my mouth was watering as... — mir lief das Wasser im Munde zusammen, als...

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    v.
    begießen v.
    bewässern v. n.
    Wasser - n.

    English-german dictionary > water

  • 9 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 10 machinery

    1. организационный аппарат
    2. оборудование
    3. механизм
    4. машины и оборудование
    5. машины
    6. машинное оборудование

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

     

    машины
    оборудование


    [Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва]

    машины
    Машина представляет собой аппарат, использующий или применяющий механическую энергию, состоящий из нескольких частей — каждая со своими определенными функциями, которые вместе выполняют некоторые виды работ. Для целей анализа это понятие включает отдельные машины или наборы машин. См. Машины и оборудование (МСО)
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

     

    машины и оборудование

    [ http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    машины и оборудование
    МСО
    Часть основных фондов компании (предприятия), которая включает устройства, преобразующие энергию, материалы и информацию. В аналитической и оценочной практике в общее понятие М. и о. включаются отдельно оцениваемые установки, машины, оборудование и транспортные средства, подразделяемые на виды, а каждый вид – на марки (последним термином для краткости можно обозначать разные модели и модификации машины). Разные марки машин одного вида используются для одних и тех же целей: они способны производить одну и ту же продукцию, выполнять одни и те же работы или оказывать одни и те же услуги ( в противном случае их надо относить в другому виду машин), а следовательно, «взаимозаменяемы» и являются товарами, конкурирующими между собой на рынке Рынок машин каждого вида делится на первичный (новые М..) и вторичный (бывшие в эксплуатации), для которых применяются разные оценочные приемы и инструменты.. М.и о. являются главным объектом инвестирования при разработке и реализации инвестиционного проекта, и, соответственно, одним из основных элементов оценки инвестиционных проектов. Важно, что в отличие от ценных бумаг, акций, М.и о. являются объектами реальных инвестиций, а не финансовых инвестиций.
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    EN

    machinery
    A group of parts or machines arranged to perform a useful function. (Source: MGH)
    [http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    механизм
    Совокупность подвижно соединённых звеньев, совершающих под действием приложенных сил заранее определённые целесообразные движения
    [Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

    машины, механизмы

    Совокупность связанных между собой частей и устройств, как минимум одно из которых движется, имеет соответствующий привод, органы управления и энергетические узлы, соединенные вместе для определенного применения, например для обработки, переработки, производства, транспортирования или упаковки материалов.
    Термины «машина» и «механизм» также распространяются на совокупность машин, которые размещаются и управляются таким образом, чтобы функционировать как единое целое.
    Примечание
    В приложении А приведено общее схематическое изображение машины.
    [ ГОСТ Р ИСО 12100-1:2007]

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    оборудование
    Совокупность связанных между собой частей или устройств, из которых по крайней мере одно движется, а также элементы привода, управления и энергетические узлы, которые предназначены для определенного применения, в частности для обработки, производства, перемещения или упаковки материала. К термину «оборудование» относят также машину и совокупность машин, которые так устроены и управляемы, что они функционируют как единое целое для достижения одной и той же цели.
    [ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]

    оборудование
    -

    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    оборудование
    Оснащение, материалы, приспособления, устройства, механизмы, приборы, инструменты и другие принадлежности, используемые в качестве частей электрической установки или в соединении с ней.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60204-1-2007]

    EN

    equipment
    single apparatus or set of devices or apparatuses, or the set of main devices of an installation, or all devices necessary to perform a specific task
    NOTE – Examples of equipment are a power transformer, the equipment of a substation, measuring equipment.
    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    equipment
    material, fittings, devices, components, appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the like used as part of, or in connection with, the electrical equipment of machines
    [IEC 60204-1-2006]

    FR

    équipement, m
    matériel, m
    appareil unique ou ensemble de dispositifs ou appareils, ou ensemble des dispositifs principaux d'une installation, ou ensemble des dispositifs nécessaires à l'accomplissement d'une tâche particulière
    NOTE – Des exemples d’équipement ou de matériel sont un transformateur de puissance, l’équipement d’une sous-station, un équipement de mesure.
    [IEV number 151-11-25]

    Тематики

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    организационный аппарат

    [ http://www.iks-media.ru/glossary/index.html?glossid=2400324]

    Тематики

    • электросвязь, основные понятия

    EN

    3.26 машины (machinery): Устройство, состоящее из соединенных между собой частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, один из которых движется, с соответствующими исполнительными механизмами, силовыми цепями и цепями управления и т.д., объединенных вместе в целях конкретного применения, в частности, для обработки, переработки, перемещения или упаковки материала (материал означает эквивалент вещества или изделия).

    Термин «машины» одновременно означает совокупность машин и механизмов, которые для достижения одной и той же цели установлены и управляются таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое.

    Источник: ГОСТ Р ЕН 1127-2-2009: Взрывоопасные среды. Взрывозащита и предотвращение взрыва. Часть 2. Основополагающая концепция и методология (для подземных выработок)

    Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > machinery

  • 11 near cash

    !
    гос. фин. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    This paper provides background information on the framework for the planning and control of public expenditure in the UK which has been operated since the 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR). It sets out the different classifications of spending for budgeting purposes and why these distinctions have been adopted. It discusses how the public expenditure framework is designed to ensure both sound public finances and an outcome-focused approach to public expenditure.
    The UK's public spending framework is based on several key principles:
    "
    consistency with a long-term, prudent and transparent regime for managing the public finances as a whole;
    " "
    the judgement of success by policy outcomes rather than resource inputs;
    " "
    strong incentives for departments and their partners in service delivery to plan over several years and plan together where appropriate so as to deliver better public services with greater cost effectiveness; and
    "
    the proper costing and management of capital assets to provide the right incentives for public investment.
    The Government sets policy to meet two firm fiscal rules:
    "
    the Golden Rule states that over the economic cycle, the Government will borrow only to invest and not to fund current spending; and
    "
    the Sustainable Investment Rule states that net public debt as a proportion of GDP will be held over the economic cycle at a stable and prudent level. Other things being equal, net debt will be maintained below 40 per cent of GDP over the economic cycle.
    Achievement of the fiscal rules is assessed by reference to the national accounts, which are produced by the Office for National Statistics, acting as an independent agency. The Government sets its spending envelope to comply with these fiscal rules.
    Departmental Expenditure Limits ( DEL) and Annually Managed Expenditure (AME)
    "
    Departmental Expenditure Limit ( DEL) spending, which is planned and controlled on a three year basis in Spending Reviews; and
    "
    Annually Managed Expenditure ( AME), which is expenditure which cannot reasonably be subject to firm, multi-year limits in the same way as DEL. AME includes social security benefits, local authority self-financed expenditure, debt interest, and payments to EU institutions.
    More information about DEL and AME is set out below.
    In Spending Reviews, firm DEL plans are set for departments for three years. To ensure consistency with the Government's fiscal rules departments are set separate resource (current) and capital budgets. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    To encourage departments to plan over the medium term departments may carry forward unspent DEL provision from one year into the next and, subject to the normal tests for tautness and realism of plans, may be drawn down in future years. This end-year flexibility also removes any incentive for departments to use up their provision as the year end approaches with less regard to value for money. For the full benefits of this flexibility and of three year plans to feed through into improved public service delivery, end-year flexibility and three year budgets should be cascaded from departments to executive agencies and other budget holders.
    Three year budgets and end-year flexibility give those managing public services the stability to plan their operations on a sensible time scale. Further, the system means that departments cannot seek to bid up funds each year (before 1997, three year plans were set and reviewed in annual Public Expenditure Surveys). So the credibility of medium-term plans has been enhanced at both central and departmental level.
    Departments have certainty over the budgetary allocation over the medium term and these multi-year DEL plans are strictly enforced. Departments are expected to prioritise competing pressures and fund these within their overall annual limits, as set in Spending Reviews. So the DEL system provides a strong incentive to control costs and maximise value for money.
    There is a small centrally held DEL Reserve. Support from the Reserve is available only for genuinely unforeseeable contingencies which departments cannot be expected to manage within their DEL.
    AME typically consists of programmes which are large, volatile and demand-led, and which therefore cannot reasonably be subject to firm multi-year limits. The biggest single element is social security spending. Other items include tax credits, Local Authority Self Financed Expenditure, Scottish Executive spending financed by non-domestic rates, and spending financed from the proceeds of the National Lottery.
    AME is reviewed twice a year as part of the Budget and Pre-Budget Report process reflecting the close integration of the tax and benefit system, which was enhanced by the introduction of tax credits.
    AME is not subject to the same three year expenditure limits as DEL, but is still part of the overall envelope for public expenditure. Affordability is taken into account when policy decisions affecting AME are made. The Government has committed itself not to take policy measures which are likely to have the effect of increasing social security or other elements of AME without taking steps to ensure that the effects of those decisions can be accommodated prudently within the Government's fiscal rules.
    Given an overall envelope for public spending, forecasts of AME affect the level of resources available for DEL spending. Cautious estimates and the AME margin are built in to these AME forecasts and reduce the risk of overspending on AME.
    Together, DEL plus AME sum to Total Managed Expenditure (TME). TME is a measure drawn from national accounts. It represents the current and capital spending of the public sector. The public sector is made up of central government, local government and public corporations.
    Resource and Capital Budgets are set in terms of accruals information. Accruals information measures resources as they are consumed rather than when the cash is paid. So for example the Resource Budget includes a charge for depreciation, a measure of the consumption or wearing out of capital assets.
    "
    Non cash charges in budgets do not impact directly on the fiscal framework. That may be because the national accounts use a different way of measuring the same thing, for example in the case of the depreciation of departmental assets. Or it may be that the national accounts measure something different: for example, resource budgets include a cost of capital charge reflecting the opportunity cost of holding capital; the national accounts include debt interest.
    "
    Within the Resource Budget DEL, departments have separate controls on:
    "
    Near cash spending, the sub set of Resource Budgets which impacts directly on the Golden Rule; and
    "
    The amount of their Resource Budget DEL that departments may spend on running themselves (e.g. paying most civil servants’ salaries) is limited by Administration Budgets, which are set in Spending Reviews. Administration Budgets are used to ensure that as much money as practicable is available for front line services and programmes. These budgets also help to drive efficiency improvements in departments’ own activities. Administration Budgets exclude the costs of frontline services delivered directly by departments.
    The Budget preceding a Spending Review sets an overall envelope for public spending that is consistent with the fiscal rules for the period covered by the Spending Review. In the Spending Review, the Budget AME forecast for year one of the Spending Review period is updated, and AME forecasts are made for the later years of the Spending Review period.
    The 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review ( CSR), which was published in July 1998, was a comprehensive review of departmental aims and objectives alongside a zero-based analysis of each spending programme to determine the best way of delivering the Government's objectives. The 1998 CSR allocated substantial additional resources to the Government's key priorities, particularly education and health, for the three year period from 1999-2000 to 2001-02.
    Delivering better public services does not just depend on how much money the Government spends, but also on how well it spends it. Therefore the 1998 CSR introduced Public Service Agreements (PSAs). Each major government department was given its own PSA setting out clear targets for achievements in terms of public service improvements.
    The 1998 CSR also introduced the DEL/ AME framework for the control of public spending, and made other framework changes. Building on the investment and reforms delivered by the 1998 CSR, successive spending reviews in 2000, 2002 and 2004 have:
    "
    provided significant increase in resources for the Government’s priorities, in particular health and education, and cross-cutting themes such as raising productivity; extending opportunity; and building strong and secure communities;
    " "
    enabled the Government significantly to increase investment in public assets and address the legacy of under investment from past decades. Departmental Investment Strategies were introduced in SR2000. As a result there has been a steady increase in public sector net investment from less than ¾ of a per cent of GDP in 1997-98 to 2¼ per cent of GDP in 2005-06, providing better infrastructure across public services;
    " "
    introduced further refinements to the performance management framework. PSA targets have been reduced in number over successive spending reviews from around 300 to 110 to give greater focus to the Government’s highest priorities. The targets have become increasingly outcome-focused to deliver further improvements in key areas of public service delivery across Government. They have also been refined in line with the conclusions of the Devolving Decision Making Review to provide a framework which encourages greater devolution and local flexibility. Technical Notes were introduced in SR2000 explaining how performance against each PSA target will be measured; and
    "
    not only allocated near cash spending to departments, but also – since SR2002 - set Resource DEL plans for non cash spending.
    To identify what further investments and reforms are needed to equip the UK for the global challenges of the decade ahead, on 19 July 2005 the Chief Secretary to the Treasury announced that the Government intends to launch a second Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR) reporting in 2007.
    A decade on from the first CSR, the 2007 CSR will represent a long-term and fundamental review of government expenditure. It will cover departmental allocations for 2008-09, 2009-10 and 2010 11. Allocations for 2007-08 will be held to the agreed figures already announced by the 2004 Spending Review. To provide a rigorous analytical framework for these departmental allocations, the Government will be taking forward a programme of preparatory work over 2006 involving:
    "
    an assessment of what the sustained increases in spending and reforms to public service delivery have achieved since the first CSR. The assessment will inform the setting of new objectives for the decade ahead;
    " "
    an examination of the key long-term trends and challenges that will shape the next decade – including demographic and socio-economic change, globalisation, climate and environmental change, global insecurity and technological change – together with an assessment of how public services will need to respond;
    " "
    to release the resources needed to address these challenges, and to continue to secure maximum value for money from public spending over the CSR period, a set of zero-based reviews of departments’ baseline expenditure to assess its effectiveness in delivering the Government’s long-term objectives; together with
    "
    further development of the efficiency programme, building on the cross cutting areas identified in the Gershon Review, to embed and extend ongoing efficiency savings into departmental expenditure planning.
    The 2007 CSR also offers the opportunity to continue to refine the PSA framework so that it drives effective delivery and the attainment of ambitious national standards.
    Public Service Agreements (PSAs) were introduced in the 1998 CSR. They set out agreed targets detailing the outputs and outcomes departments are expected to deliver with the resources allocated to them. The new spending regime places a strong emphasis on outcome targets, for example in providing for better health and higher educational standards or service standards. The introduction in SR2004 of PSA ‘standards’ will ensure that high standards in priority areas are maintained.
    The Government monitors progress against PSA targets, and departments report in detail twice a year in their annual Departmental Reports (published in spring) and in their autumn performance reports. These reports provide Parliament and the public with regular updates on departments’ performance against their targets.
    Technical Notes explain how performance against each PSA target will be measured.
    To make the most of both new investment and existing assets, there needs to be a coherent long term strategy against which investment decisions are taken. Departmental Investment Strategies (DIS) set out each department's plans to deliver the scale and quality of capital stock needed to underpin its objectives. The DIS includes information about the department's existing capital stock and future plans for that stock, as well as plans for new investment. It also sets out the systems that the department has in place to ensure that it delivers its capital programmes effectively.
    This document was updated on 19 December 2005.
    Near-cash resource expenditure that has a related cash implication, even though the timing of the cash payment may be slightly different. For example, expenditure on gas or electricity supply is incurred as the fuel is used, though the cash payment might be made in arrears on aquarterly basis. Other examples of near-cash expenditure are: pay, rental.Net cash requirement the upper limit agreed by Parliament on the cash which a department may draw from theConsolidated Fund to finance the expenditure within the ambit of its Request forResources. It is equal to the agreed amount of net resources and net capital less non-cashitems and working capital.Non-cash cost costs where there is no cash transaction but which are included in a body’s accounts (or taken into account in charging for a service) to establish the true cost of all the resourcesused.Non-departmental a body which has a role in the processes of government, but is not a government public body, NDPBdepartment or part of one. NDPBs accordingly operate at arm’s length from governmentMinisters.Notional cost of a cost which is taken into account in setting fees and charges to improve comparability with insuranceprivate sector service providers.The charge takes account of the fact that public bodies donot generally pay an insurance premium to a commercial insurer.the independent body responsible for collecting and publishing official statistics about theUK’s society and economy. (At the time of going to print legislation was progressing tochange this body to the Statistics Board).Office of Government an office of the Treasury, with a status similar to that of an agency, which aims to maximise Commerce, OGCthe government’s purchasing power for routine items and combine professional expertiseto bear on capital projects.Office of the the government department responsible for discharging the Paymaster General’s statutoryPaymaster General,responsibilities to hold accounts and make payments for government departments and OPGother public bodies.Orange bookthe informal title for Management of Risks: Principles and Concepts, which is published by theTreasury for the guidance of public sector bodies.Office for NationalStatistics, ONS60Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    "
    GLOSSARYOverdraftan account with a negative balance.Parliament’s formal agreement to authorise an activity or expenditure.Prerogative powerspowers exercisable under the Royal Prerogative, ie powers which are unique to the Crown,as contrasted with common-law powers which may be available to the Crown on the samebasis as to natural persons.Primary legislationActs which have been passed by the Westminster Parliament and, where they haveappropriate powers, the Scottish Parliament and the Northern Ireland Assembly. Begin asBills until they have received Royal Assent.arrangements under which a public sector organisation contracts with a private sectorentity to construct a facility and provide associated services of a specified quality over asustained period. See annex 7.5.Proprietythe principle that patterns of resource consumption should respect Parliament’s intentions,conventions and control procedures, including any laid down by the PAC. See box 2.4.Public Accountssee Committee of Public Accounts.CommitteePublic corporationa trading body controlled by central government, local authority or other publiccorporation that has substantial day to day operating independence. See section 7.8.Public Dividend finance provided by government to public sector bodies as an equity stake; an alternative to Capital, PDCloan finance.Public Service sets out what the public can expect the government to deliver with its resources. EveryAgreement, PSAlarge government department has PSA(s) which specify deliverables as targets or aimsrelated to objectives.a structured arrangement between a public sector and a private sector organisation tosecure an outcome delivering good value for money for the public sector. It is classified tothe public or private sector according to which has more control.Rate of returnthe financial remuneration delivered by a particular project or enterprise, expressed as apercentage of the net assets employed.Regularitythe principle that resource consumption should accord with the relevant legislation, therelevant delegated authority and this document. See box 2.4.Request for the functional level into which departmental Estimates may be split. RfRs contain a number Resources, RfRof functions being carried out by the department in pursuit of one or more of thatdepartment’s objectives.Resource accountan accruals account produced in line with the Financial Reporting Manual (FReM).Resource accountingthe system under which budgets, Estimates and accounts are constructed in a similar wayto commercial audited accounts, so that both plans and records of expenditure allow in fullfor the goods and services which are to be, or have been, consumed – ie not just the cashexpended.Resource budgetthe means by which the government plans and controls the expenditure of resources tomeet its objectives.Restitutiona legal concept which allows money and property to be returned to its rightful owner. Ittypically operates where another person can be said to have been unjustly enriched byreceiving such monies.Return on capital the ratio of profit to capital employed of an accounting entity during an identified period.employed, ROCEVarious measures of profit and of capital employed may be used in calculating the ratio.Public Privatepartnership, PPPPrivate Finance Initiative, PFIParliamentaryauthority61Managing Public Money
    "
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARYRoyal charterthe document setting out the powers and constitution of a corporation established underprerogative power of the monarch acting on Privy Council advice.Second readingthe second formal time that a House of Parliament may debate a bill, although in practicethe first substantive debate on its content. If successful, it is deemed to denoteParliamentary approval of the principle of the proposed legislation.Secondary legislationlaws, including orders and regulations, which are made using powers in primary legislation.Normally used to set out technical and administrative provision in greater detail thanprimary legislation, they are subject to a less intense level of scrutiny in Parliament.European legislation is,however,often implemented in secondary legislation using powers inthe European Communities Act 1972.Service-level agreement between parties, setting out in detail the level of service to be performed.agreementWhere agreements are between central government bodies, they are not legally a contractbut have a similar function.Shareholder Executive a body created to improve the government’s performance as a shareholder in businesses.Spending reviewsets out the key improvements in public services that the public can expect over a givenperiod. It includes a thorough review of departmental aims and objectives to find the bestway of delivering the government’s objectives, and sets out the spending plans for the givenperiod.State aidstate support for a domestic body or company which could distort EU competition and sois not usually allowed. See annex 4.9.Statement of Excessa formal statement detailing departments’ overspends prepared by the Comptroller andAuditor General as a result of undertaking annual audits.Statement on Internal an annual statement that Accounting Officers are required to make as part of the accounts Control, SICon a range of risk and control issues.Subheadindividual elements of departmental expenditure identifiable in Estimates as single cells, forexample cell A1 being administration costs within a particular line of departmental spending.Supplyresources voted by Parliament in response to Estimates, for expenditure by governmentdepartments.Supply Estimatesa statement of the resources the government needs in the coming financial year, and forwhat purpose(s), by which Parliamentary authority is sought for the planned level ofexpenditure and income.Target rate of returnthe rate of return required of a project or enterprise over a given period, usually at least a year.Third sectorprivate sector bodies which do not act commercially,including charities,social and voluntaryorganisations and other not-for-profit collectives. See annex 7.7.Total Managed a Treasury budgeting term which covers all current and capital spending carried out by the Expenditure,TMEpublic sector (ie not just by central departments).Trading fundan organisation (either within a government department or forming one) which is largely orwholly financed from commercial revenue generated by its activities. Its Estimate shows itsnet impact, allowing its income from receipts to be devoted entirely to its business.Treasury Minutea formal administrative document drawn up by the Treasury, which may serve a wide varietyof purposes including seeking Parliamentary approval for the use of receipts asappropriations in aid, a remission of some or all of the principal of voted loans, andresponding on behalf of the government to reports by the Public Accounts Committee(PAC).62Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARY63Managing Public MoneyValue for moneythe process under which organisation’s procurement, projects and processes aresystematically evaluated and assessed to provide confidence about suitability, effectiveness,prudence,quality,value and avoidance of error and other waste,judged for the public sectoras a whole.Virementthe process through which funds are moved between subheads such that additionalexpenditure on one is met by savings on one or more others.Votethe process by which Parliament approves funds in response to supply Estimates.Voted expenditureprovision for expenditure that has been authorised by Parliament. Parliament ‘votes’authority for public expenditure through the Supply Estimates process. Most expenditureby central government departments is authorised in this way.Wider market activity activities undertaken by central government organisations outside their statutory duties,using spare capacity and aimed at generating a commercial profit. See annex 7.6.Windfallmonies received by a department which were not anticipated in the spending review.
    ————————————————————————————————————————

    Англо-русский экономический словарь > near cash

  • 12 गृहम् _gṛham

    गृहम् [गृह्यते धर्माचरणाय, ग्रह् गेहार्थे क Tv.]
    1 A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; न गृहं गृहमित्याहुर्गृहिणी गृह- मुच्यते Pt.4.81,5.15; पश्य वानरमूर्खेण सुगृही निर्गृहीकृतः Pt. 1.39.
    -2 A wife; (the first quotation in
    1 is some- times erroneously cited as an illustration).
    -3 The life of a householder; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7. 71,5.1; Mv.4.28.
    -4 A sign of the zodiac.
    -5 A name or appellation.
    -6 A square (in chess or any other game).
    -हाः (m. pl.)
    1 A house, dwelling; इमे नो गृहाः Mu.1; स्फटिकोपलविग्रहा गृहाः शशभृद्भित्तनिरङ्कभित्तयः N.2.74; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77.
    -2 A wife; अथावलोकको$गच्छद्गृहानेकः परावसुः Mb.3.138.4.
    -3 The inhabitants of a house, family; the life of a house- holder; गृहानुत्सृज्य यो राजन् मोक्षमेवाभिपद्यते Mb.12.16.29.
    -हः Ved. An assistant, or servant; गृहो याम्यरंकृतो देवेभ्यो हव्यवाहनः Rv.1.119.13. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic', 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. ˚कपोतः 'a tame pigeon'; ˚कार्याणि-कर्माणि 'household duties'; ˚ शकु- न्तिका 'tame bird'; छद्मना परिददामि मृत्यवे सौनिको गृहशकुन्तिका- मिव U.1.45 &c.
    -Comp. -अक्षः a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or ablong window.
    -अधिपः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a house-holder.
    -2 a regent of a sign of the zodiac. संशयस्थः see अनुपात.
    -अयनिकः a house-holder.
    -अर्थः domestic affairs, any household matter; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरि- ष्क्रिया Ms.2.67.
    -अभिपालिन् m. a watchman.
    -अम्लम् a kind of sour-gruel.
    -अवग्रहणी the threshold.
    -अश्मन् m. a flat ablong stone upon which condiments are ground (Mar. पाटा).
    - आगत a. one who has come to a house. (
    -तः) a guest.
    -आचारः household or domestic business; U.2.
    -आरम्भः building a house; गृहारम्भातिदुःखाय Bhāg.11.9.15.
    -आरामः, -वाटी, -वाटिका a garden attached to a house.
    -आशया, -आश्रया the betel-tree.
    -आश्रमः the order of a house- holder, the second stage in the religious life of a Bāhmaṇa; see आश्रम; Ms.6.1.
    -आश्रमिन् m. a house- holder; Bhāg.1.8.7.
    -ईश्वरी a housewife; दिष्ट्या गृहेश्वर्यसकृन्मयि त्वया कृतानुवृत्तिर्भवमोचनी खलैः Bhāg.1.6.54.
    -उत्पातः any domestic nuisance.
    -उपकरणम् a domestic utensil, anything required for household use; एकदा निर्गता क्रेतुं गृहोपकरणानि सा Ks.2.15.
    -कच्छपः = गृहाश्मन् q. v.
    -कन्या, -कुमारी the plant Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड).
    -कपोतः, -तकः a tame or domestic pigeon; Śi.4.52.
    -करणम् 1 household affairs.
    -2 house-building.
    -कर्तृ m.
    1 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow.
    -2 a carpenter; गृहकर्ता भवानेव देवानां हृदयेप्सितम् Rām.7.5.19.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 household affairs.
    -2 a domestic rite. ˚करः, ˚कारः, ˚दासः a menial, domestic servant; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1.1.
    -कलहः domestic feuds, intestine broils.
    -कारकः a house- builder, mason; करोति तृणमृत्काष्ठैर्गृहं वा गृहकारकः Y.3.146.
    -कारिन् m.
    1 a housebuilder.
    -2 a kind of wasp.
    -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock.
    -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् household affairs; सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं गृहकार्येषु दक्षया Ms.5.15.
    -गोधा, -गोधिका the small house-lizard.
    -चुल्ली a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east; Bṛi. S.53.4.
    -चेतस् a. thinking only of one's house; Bhāg.9.11.17.
    -छिद्रम् 1 a family-secret or scandal.
    -2 family dissensions; आयुर्वित्तं गृहच्छिद्रं मन्त्रमैथुनभेषजम् H.1.123.
    -ज, -जात a. born in the house (a slave &c.); Bṛi.5.61.7; Ms. 8.415.
    -जनः family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu.1.
    -जालिका deceit, disguise.
    -ज्ञानिन् (also गृहेज्ञानिन्) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish.
    -तटी a terrace in front of the house.
    -दारु n. a house-post; नरपतिबले पार्श्वायाते स्थितं गृहदारुवत् Mk.4.3.
    -दाहः setting a house on fire, incendiarism.
    -दासः a domestic slave.
    -दासी a female domestic slave; एकदा गृहदासीषु यशोदा नन्दगेहिनी । कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि ॥ Bhāg.1.9.1.
    -दीप्तिः f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman; प्रजनार्थं महाभागाः पूजार्हा गृहदीप्तयः Ms.9.26.
    -देवता the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities; Ks.4.74.
    -देहली the threshold of a house; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनाम् Mk.1.9.
    -नमनम् wind.
    -नाशनः a wild pigeon.
    -नीडः a sparrow,
    -पतिः 1 a householder; बामं गृहपतिं नय Rv.6.53.2; a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled.
    -2 a sacrificer.
    -3 the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality.
    -4 Ved. an epithet of Agni.
    -5 the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire.
    -6 the head or judge of a village; Mk.2; Dk.8.
    -पत्नी Ved. 'the mistress of a house', the wife of the householder; गृहान् गच्छ गृहपत्नी यथासः Rv.1.85.26.
    -पालः 1 the guardian of a house.
    -2 a housedog; आस्ते$वमत्योपन्यस्तं गृहपाल इवाहरन् Bhāg.3.3.15.
    -पिण्डी f. the basement of a building; Kāmikāgama 55.2-21.
    -पोतकः the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it.
    -पोषणम् maintenance of a house- hold; तेन चास्य नियुक्ताभूत्स्वभार्या गृहपोषणे Ks.2.55.
    -प्रवेशः a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites.
    -बभ्रुः a domestic ichneumon.
    -बलिः a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms.3.265. ˚प्रियः a crane. ˚भुज् m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 a sparrow; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलि- भुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. ˚देवता a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered.
    -भङ्गः 1 one who is driven from his house, an exile.
    -2 destroying a house.
    -3 breaking into a house.
    -4 failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c.
    -भञ्जनम् 1 breaking down or destroying a house.
    -2 causing the decay or ruin of a family.
    -भद्रकम् an audience-hall.
    -भर्तृ m. the master of a house; Bṛi. S. 53.58.
    -भूमिः f. the site of a house.
    -भेदिन् a.
    1 prying into domestic affairs.
    -2 causing domestic quarrels.
    -भोजिन् m. an inmate of the same house, tenant; तस्मा- दप्यग्रहारान्ये जगृहुर्गृहभोजिनः Rāj. T.5.43.
    -मणिः a lamp.
    -माचिका a bat.
    -मार्जनी a female servant of the house; सख्योपेत्याग्रहीत्पाणिं यो$हं तद्गृहमार्जनी Bhāg.1.83.11.
    -मृगः a dog.
    -मेघः a multitude of houses; Rām.5.
    -मेध a.
    1 one who performs the domestic rites or sacrifices; गृह- मेधास आ गत मरुतो माप भूतन Rv.7.59.1.
    -2 connected with the duties of a householder.
    (-धः) 1 a householder.
    -2 a domestic sacrifice; Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -मेधिन् m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a house- hold; (गृहैर्दारैर्मेधन्ते संगच्छन्ते Malli.); प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1. 7; see गृहपति above.
    (-नी) 1 the wife of a householder, a house-wife; न व्यचष्ट वरारोहां गृहिणीं गृहमेधिनीम् Bhāg.4. 26.13.
    -2 the intellect based on the Sattva quality.
    -यज्ञः see गृहमेधः; Mb.1.18.5.
    -यन्त्रम् a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41.
    -रन्ध्रम् family-dissensions.
    -वाटिका, -वाटी a garden attached to a house.
    -वित्तः the owner of a house.
    -व्रत a. devoted to home. मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथो$भिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् Bhāg.7.5.3.
    -शायिन् m. a pigeon.
    -शुकः 1 a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru.16.
    -2 a domestic poet; आयातेन शुकैः सार्धं दत्ता गृहशुकेन यः । मुक्ताः प्राप्य प्रतिष्ठायां चक्रे ख्यातां शुकावलीम् ॥ Rāj. T.5.31.
    -संवेशकः a house-builder by profession; Ms.3.163.
    -सार property; गृहीतसारमेनं सपुत्रकलत्रं संयम्य Mu.1.
    -स्थः a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a house-holder; संकटा ह्याहिताग्नीनां प्रत्यवायैर्गृहस्थता U.1.9; see गृहपति above and Ms.3.68;6.9. ˚आश्रमः the life of a householder; see गृहाश्रम. ˚धर्मः the duty of a house- holder.
    -स्थूणा the pillar of a house.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गृहम् _gṛham

  • 13 Clark, Edward

    [br]
    fl. 1850s New York State, USA
    [br]
    American co-developer of mass-production techniques at the Singer sewing machine factory.
    [br]
    Born in upstate New York, where his father was a small manufacturer, Edward Clark attended college at Williams and graduated in 1831. He became a lawyer in New York City and from then on lived either in the city or on his rural estate near Cooperstown in upstate New York. After a series of share manipulations, Clark acquired a one-third interest in Isaac M. Singer's company. They soon bought out one of Singer's earlier partners, G.B.Zeiber, and in 1851, under the name of I.M.Singer \& Co., they set up a permanent sewing machine business with headquarters in New York.
    The success of their firm initially rested on marketing. Clark introduced door-to-door sales-people and hire-purchase for their sewing machines in 1856 ($50 cash down, or $100 with a cash payment of $5 and $3 a month thereafter). He also trained women to demonstrate to potential customers the capabilities of the Singer sewing machine. At first their sewing machines continued to be made in the traditional way, with the parts fitted together by skilled workers through hand filing and shaping so that the parts would fit only onto one machine. This resembled European practice rather than the American system of manufacture that had been pioneered in the armouries in that country. In 1856 Singer brought out their first machine intended exclusively for home use, and at the same time manufacturing capacity was improved. Through increased sales, a new factory was built in 1858–9 on Mott Street, New York, but it soon became inadequate to meet demand.
    In 1863 the Singer company was incorporated as the Singer Manufacturing Co. and began to modernize its production methods with special jigs and fixtures to help ensure uniformity. More and more specialized machinery was built for making the parts. By 1880 the factory, then at Elizabethport, New Jersey, was jammed with automatic and semi-automatic machine tools. In 1882 the factory was producing sewing machines with fully interchangeable parts that did not require hand fitting in assembly. Production rose from 810 machines in 1853 to half a million in 1880. A new family model was introduced in 1881. Clark had succeeded Singer, who died in 1875, as President of the company, but he retired in 1882 after he had seen through the change to mass production.
    [br]
    Further Reading
    National Cyclopaedia of American Biography.
    D.A.Hounshell, 1984, From the American System to Mass Production, 1800–1932. The Development of Manufacturing Technology in the United States, Baltimore (a thorough account of Clark's role in the development of Singer's factories).
    F.B.Jewell, 1975, Veteran Sewing Machines. A Collector's Guide, Newton Abbot.
    RLH

    Biographical history of technology > Clark, Edward

  • 14 servir

    v.
    1 to serve.
    ¿te sirvo más patatas? would you like some more potatoes?
    ¿me sirve un poco más, por favor? could I have a bit more, please?
    ¿en qué puedo servirle? what can I do for you?
    la polémica está servida the gloves are off
    La ley sirve su propósito The law serves its purpose..
    No servimos a los menores de edad We do not serve kids under age.
    Este lugar sirve buen pescado This restaurant serves good fish.
    María sirvió y llamó a comer Mary served and called us to eat.
    Esto sirve This serves.
    2 to serve (prestar servicio).
    servir en el Ejército to serve in the Army
    3 to be in service (como criado).
    4 to suit someone's purposes, to suit, to serve someone's purposes.
    El estante sirve The shelf suits one's purposes.
    5 to serve the ball.
    El tenista sirvió The tennis player served the ball.
    6 to be useful for.
    Este sistema me sirve This system is useful for me.
    7 to process, to fill.
    El chico sirve la órden de compra The boy processes the purchase order.
    * * *
    (e weakens to i in certain persons of certain tenses)
    Present Indicative
    sirvo, sirves, sirve, servimos, servís, sirven.
    Past Indicative
    serví, serviste, sirvió, servimos, servisteis, sirvieron.
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    sirve (tú), sirva (él/Vd.), sirvamos (nos.), servid (vos.), sirvan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    3) work
    - servirse de
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ persona, intereses, causa] to serve

    ¿en qué puedo servirle? — how can I help you?

    2) [para comer]
    a) [en la mesa] [+ comida] to serve; [+ bebida] to serve, pour

    ¿a qué hora sirven el desayuno? — what time is breakfast served?

    ¿me ayudas a servir la mesa? — can you help me serve (the food)?

    la cena está servida — dinner's on the table, dinner is served frm

    ¿te sirvo un poco más? — would you like some more?, can I give you some more?

    b) (=proporcionar) to give, serve frm

    sirvieron unos canapés tras la inauguración — after the opening ceremony there were canapés, canapés were served after the opening ceremony frm

    3) (Com) [+ pedido] to process
    4) (Tenis) to serve
    5) (Mec) [+ máquina, cañón] to man
    6) (Naipes) [+ cartas] to deal
    2. VI
    1) (=ser útil) to be useful

    siempre que lo he necesitado me ha servido — whenever I've needed it, it's done the job

    eso no sirve — that's no good o use

    ya no me sirveit's no good o use to me now

    servir para algo, puede servir para limpiar el metal — it can be used for o it is suitable for cleaning metal

    ¿para qué sirve? — what is it for?

    ¿para qué sirve este aparato? — what's this gadget for?

    2)

    servir de algo, la legislación italiana puede servirnos de guía — we can use Italian law as a guide, Italian law can serve a guide

    no sirve de nada quejarse — it's no good o use complaining, there's no point in complaining

    no sirve de nada que vaya élit's no good o use him going *, there's no point in him going

    ¿de qué sirve mentir? — what's the good o use of lying?, what's the point in lying?

    precedente 2.
    3) [en el servicio doméstico] to work as a servant

    ponerse a servir — to become a servant

    4) [camarero] to serve
    5) (Mil) to serve frm

    yo serví en la Marina — I was in the Navy, I served in the Navy frm

    6) (Tenis) to serve
    7) (Naipes) (tb: servir del palo) to follow suit
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( ser útil)

    tíralo, ya no me sirve — throw it away, it's (of) no use to me anymore

    servir para algo: ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?; no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something; este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread; no sirves para nada you're useless; no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job; yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm not good at lying; servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying; ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?; esto te puede servir de mesa — you can use this as a table

    2)
    a) ( en la mesa) to serve
    b) ( trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) service
    c) (Mil) to serve (frml)
    3) (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve
    2.
    servir vt
    1) < comida> to serve; < bebida> to serve, pour

    servir la comidato serve (out) o (colloq) dish out the food

    2)

    servir a algo/alguien — to serve something/somebody

    ¿en qué puedo servirle? — (frml) how can I help you?

    b) (Com) < pedido> to process; < cliente> to serve; < mercancías> to send
    3.
    servirse v pron
    1) (refl) < comida> to help oneself to; < bebida> to pour oneself, help oneself to
    2) (frml) ( hacer uso)

    servirse de algo — to make use of something, use something

    3) (frml) ( hacer el favor de)

    servirse + inf: sírvase rellenar la solicitud please fill in the application form; les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información — we would ask you to send us this information (frml)

    * * *
    = be of use, do, serve, do + the trick, host, dish out, serve up.
    Ex. Libraries sometimes also find it useful to prepare leaflets which deal with a particular category of information source which might be of use to various users.
    Ex. It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.
    Ex. This broader consideration of descriptive cataloguing problems serves to set a context for the consideration of cataloguing problems associated with nonbook materials.
    Ex. We are currently in the process of looking at two products that seem to do the trick.
    Ex. Most computer bureaux which host the factual data bases have their own world-wide networks.
    Ex. One has only to turn on the television to see that educated people still have little influence on the trash dished out to the uneducated masses.
    Ex. A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    ----
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * servir a = be of service to.
    * servir al mismo tiempo como = double up as.
    * servir al mismo tiempo de = double as.
    * servir a los usuarios = serve + patrons.
    * servir a un público de = serve + a population of.
    * servir como = serve as.
    * servir de apoyo a = inform.
    * servir de ayuda = be of assistance.
    * servir de catalizador = serve as + a catalyst.
    * servir de contrapeso = counterpoise.
    * servir de experiencia = chart + the waters.
    * servir de factor de predicción de = be predictive of.
    * servir de guía = carry + the torch.
    * servir de introducción = set + the backdrop, set + the framework, set + the context.
    * servir de introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * servir de modelo = serve as + a model.
    * servir de poco = be of little use.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir de puente = act as + a bridge.
    * servir de puente entre = serve as + a bridge between.
    * servir de punto de partida = point + the way to.
    * servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.
    * servir los intereses = serve + interests.
    * servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * servir para = be instrumental in/to.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * servir repetidamente = ply + Nombre + with + Bebida.
    * servirse = help + Reflexivo.
    * servirse de la experiencia = draw on/upon + background.
    * servirse de la experiencia de = draw on/upon + experience of.
    * servirse de la formación de Uno = draw on/upon + background.
    * servir una Bebida = pour + Bebida.
    * servir un documento = deliver + document.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * servir un pedido = fulfil + order, fill + order.
    * utensilio para servir = serving utensil.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( ser útil)

    tíralo, ya no me sirve — throw it away, it's (of) no use to me anymore

    servir para algo: ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?; no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something; este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread; no sirves para nada you're useless; no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job; yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm not good at lying; servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying; ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?; esto te puede servir de mesa — you can use this as a table

    2)
    a) ( en la mesa) to serve
    b) ( trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) service
    c) (Mil) to serve (frml)
    3) (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve
    2.
    servir vt
    1) < comida> to serve; < bebida> to serve, pour

    servir la comidato serve (out) o (colloq) dish out the food

    2)

    servir a algo/alguien — to serve something/somebody

    ¿en qué puedo servirle? — (frml) how can I help you?

    b) (Com) < pedido> to process; < cliente> to serve; < mercancías> to send
    3.
    servirse v pron
    1) (refl) < comida> to help oneself to; < bebida> to pour oneself, help oneself to
    2) (frml) ( hacer uso)

    servirse de algo — to make use of something, use something

    3) (frml) ( hacer el favor de)

    servirse + inf: sírvase rellenar la solicitud please fill in the application form; les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información — we would ask you to send us this information (frml)

    * * *
    = be of use, do, serve, do + the trick, host, dish out, serve up.

    Ex: Libraries sometimes also find it useful to prepare leaflets which deal with a particular category of information source which might be of use to various users.

    Ex: It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.
    Ex: This broader consideration of descriptive cataloguing problems serves to set a context for the consideration of cataloguing problems associated with nonbook materials.
    Ex: We are currently in the process of looking at two products that seem to do the trick.
    Ex: Most computer bureaux which host the factual data bases have their own world-wide networks.
    Ex: One has only to turn on the television to see that educated people still have little influence on the trash dished out to the uneducated masses.
    Ex: A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * no servir de mucho = be little more than an interesting exercise.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * servir a = be of service to.
    * servir al mismo tiempo como = double up as.
    * servir al mismo tiempo de = double as.
    * servir a los usuarios = serve + patrons.
    * servir a un público de = serve + a population of.
    * servir como = serve as.
    * servir de apoyo a = inform.
    * servir de ayuda = be of assistance.
    * servir de catalizador = serve as + a catalyst.
    * servir de contrapeso = counterpoise.
    * servir de experiencia = chart + the waters.
    * servir de factor de predicción de = be predictive of.
    * servir de guía = carry + the torch.
    * servir de introducción = set + the backdrop, set + the framework, set + the context.
    * servir de introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * servir de modelo = serve as + a model.
    * servir de poco = be of little use.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir de puente = act as + a bridge.
    * servir de puente entre = serve as + a bridge between.
    * servir de punto de partida = point + the way to.
    * servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.
    * servir los intereses = serve + interests.
    * servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * servir para = be instrumental in/to.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * servir repetidamente = ply + Nombre + with + Bebida.
    * servirse = help + Reflexivo.
    * servirse de la experiencia = draw on/upon + background.
    * servirse de la experiencia de = draw on/upon + experience of.
    * servirse de la formación de Uno = draw on/upon + background.
    * servir una Bebida = pour + Bebida.
    * servir un documento = deliver + document.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * servir un pedido = fulfil + order, fill + order.
    * utensilio para servir = serving utensil.

    * * *
    servir [ I14 ]
    vi
    A
    (ser útil): esta caja no sirve, trae una más grande this box won't do o is no good, can you bring a bigger one?
    tíralo, ya no me sirve throw it away, it's (of) no use to me o it's no good to me any more
    servir PARA algo:
    ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?, what does this device do?
    ¿esto sirve para algo? is this any use?
    no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something
    este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread
    no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job
    yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm no good at lying
    servir DE algo:
    de nada sirve llorar/que me lo digas ahora it's no use o good crying/telling me now
    ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?
    esto te puede servir de manto para el disfraz you can use this as a cloak for your fancy dress costume
    B
    1 (en la mesa) to serve
    en este restaurante no saben servir the service is very poor in this restaurant
    se sirve a los invitados primero guests are served first
    no esperes a que te sirva help yourself, don't wait
    2 (trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) service
    empezó a servir a los catorce años she went into service at the age of fourteen
    3 ( Mil) to serve ( frml)
    sirvió en Infantería he was in o he served in the Infantry
    C ( Dep) (en tenis) to serve
    ■ servir
    vt
    A ‹comida› to serve; ‹bebida› to serve, pour
    los alumnos mayores ayudan a servir la comida the older pupils help serve o serve out o ( colloq) dish out the food
    a mí no me sirvas salsa no sauce for me, thanks o I won't have any sauce, thank you
    sírvele otro jerez a Pilar will you pour Pilar another sherry?
    ¿te sirvo un poco más de arroz? can I give you a little more rice?, can I help you to a little more rice?
    la cena está servida dinner is served
    servir frío/a temperatura ambiente serve cold/at room temperature
    B
    1 (estar al servicio de) servir A algo/algn to serve sth/sb
    servir a la patria/la comunidad/Dios to serve one's country/the community/God
    ella se sienta y espera que la sirvan she sits down and expects to be waited on
    para servir a usted ( frml); at your service ( frml)
    ¿en qué puedo servirla? ( frml); how can I help you?
    2 ( Com) ‹pedido› to process; ‹cliente› to serve; ‹mercancías› to send
    serviremos el pedido a la mayor brevedad we will process your order as soon as possible
    C ( Agr) to service
    A ( refl) ‹comida› to help oneself to; ‹bebida› to pour oneself, help oneself to
    sírvete otro trozo help yourself to another piece
    B ( frml) (hacer uso) servirse DE algo to make use of sth, use sth
    C ( frml) (hacer el favor de) servirse + INF:
    si el señor se sirve firmar aquí … if you would be kind enough to o would care to sign here, Sir … ( frml)
    sírvase rellenar la solicitud que se adjunta please fill in the enclosed application form
    sírvase pasar por caja donde le harán efectivo el pago if you would like to go over to the cashier, they will give you the money
    les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información a la brevedad we would ask you to send us this information at your earliest convenience ( frml)
    * * *

     

    servir ( conjugate servir) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( ser útil):
    esta caja no sirve this box won't do o is no good;

    ya no me sirve it's (of) no use to me anymore;
    ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?;
    no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something;
    este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread;
    no sirves para nada you're useless;
    no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job;
    servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying;
    ¿de qué sirve? what's the point o the use?;
    esto te puede servir de mesa you can use this as a table
    2


    c) (Mil) to serve (frml)

    3 (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve
    verbo transitivo
    1 comida to serve;
    bebida to serve, pour
    2 ( estar al servicio de) ‹persona/a la patria to serve;
    ¿en qué puedo servirla? (frml) how can I help you?

    servirse verbo pronominal ( refl) ‹ comida to help oneself to;
    bebida to pour oneself, help oneself to
    servir
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to serve
    servir a la patria, to serve one's country
    2 (ser útil) to be useful, be suitable: su fracaso no me sirve de consuelo, his failure is no consolation to me
    el cine te servirá de distracción, the film will keep you amused
    ahora ya no sirve para nada, it's no use at all
    ¿para qué sirve?, what is it (used) for?
    3 (ropa, objetos) los pantalones ya no le sirven, the trousers don't fit him now
    4 (tener capacidad) este muchacho sirve para estudiar, this boy is good at studying
    5 (actuar como sustituto) esta cacerola me servirá de casco, this pot will serve as a helmet
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to serve
    ¿en qué puedo servirle?, what can I do for you? o may I help you?
    2 (comida) to serve
    (bebida) to pour
    ' servir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bar
    - cafetera
    - cuchara
    - fuente
    - pala
    - carrito
    - echar
    - hacer
    - helado
    - huevera
    - jarra
    - jarro
    - lechera
    - panera
    - poner
    - servicio
    - tetera
    - valer
    English:
    act
    - attend
    - disagree
    - dish
    - dish out
    - dish up
    - do
    - fix
    - help
    - off-chance
    - pour
    - pour out
    - purpose
    - rim
    - serve
    - serve out
    - serve up
    - server
    - tablespoon
    - venue
    - wait
    - wait on
    - deterrent
    - duty
    - fat
    - serving
    - spatula
    - table
    * * *
    vt
    1. [comida, bebida] to serve;
    todavía no nos han servido we haven't been served yet;
    la cena se servirá o [m5] será servida a las ocho dinner will be served at eight;
    sírvanos dos cervezas two beers, please;
    ¿te sirvo más patatas? would you like some more potatoes?;
    ¿me sirve un poco más, por favor? could I have a bit more, please?;
    servir mesas Br to wait at table, US to wait tables;
    la polémica está servida the gloves are off
    2. [prestar servicio a] to serve;
    ¿en qué puedo servirle? [en tienda, mostrador] what can I do for you?;
    servir a la patria/a Dios to serve one's country/God;
    Formal
    para servirle, para servir a usted [como respuesta] at your service
    3. [suministrar] [mercancías] to supply;
    le serviremos el pedido en el acto we'll bring you your order immediately;
    nuestra empresa sirve a toda la zona our company serves o supplies the whole area
    4.
    voy servido [en naipes] stick, I'm sticking;
    Fig [tengo de sobra] I've got plenty
    vi
    1. [prestar servicio] to serve;
    sirvió de ministro en el gobierno socialista he served as o was a minister in the socialist government;
    servir en el ejército to serve in the Army
    2. [valer, ser útil]
    esta batidora ya no sirve/aún sirve this mixer is no good any more/can still be used;
    esta mesa no me sirve, necesito una mayor this table's no good o use to me, I need a bigger one;
    servir de algo [cumplir la función de] to serve as sth;
    el desván le sirve de oficina he uses the attic as an office, the attic serves as his office;
    la radio me servía de distracción the radio kept me entertained o served to entertain me;
    servir de guía to act as a guide;
    servir para [utensilio, máquina, objeto] to be for;
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this for?;
    este líquido sirve para limpiar la plata this liquid is for cleaning silver;
    ¿te sirven estos papeles para algo? are these papers any use to you?;
    este pegamento no sirve para la madera this glue is no good for wood;
    yo no serviría para sacerdote I wouldn't be any good as a priest;
    no sirve para estudiar he's no good at studying;
    no servir de o [m5] para nada to be useless;
    nuestro esfuerzo no sirvió de o [m5] para nada our effort was in vain;
    de nada sirve que se lo digas it's no use telling him;
    ¿de qué sirve quejarse si no nos hacen caso? what's the point in o what's the good of complaining if they never take any notice of us?
    3. [como criado] to be in service;
    tuvo que ponerse a servir she had to go into service;
    servir en palacio/en una casa to be a servant at a palace/in a household
    4. [en tenis, squash] to serve
    * * *
    I v/t serve;
    ¿le sirven ya? are you being served?;
    ¿en qué puedo servirle? what can I do for you?;
    ¡para servirle! at your service!
    II v/i
    1 be of use;
    servir de serve as;
    esta habitación sirve de trastero we use this room as a junk room;
    servir para be (used) for;
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what is this (used) for?;
    no servir de nada be no use at all
    2 MIL, DEP serve
    3 fig
    :
    ir servido fam have another think coming
    * * *
    servir {54} vt
    1) : to serve, to be of use to
    2) : to serve, to wait
    3) surtir: to fill (an order)
    servir vi
    1) : to work
    mi radio no sirve: my radio isn't working
    2) : to be of use, to be helpful
    esa computadora no sirve para nada: that computer's perfectly useless
    * * *
    servir vb
    1. (atender, poner comida) to serve
    ¿ya le sirven? are you being served?
    2. (poner bebida) to pour
    ¿sirvo yo? shall I pour?
    3. (trabajar) to serve / to work
    4. (en tenis) to serve
    5. (hacer las veces) to serve
    6. (ser útil) to be useful
    7. (valer) to do
    8. (emplearse) to be for
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this for?
    9. (ser apto) to be good

    Spanish-English dictionary > servir

  • 15 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 16 grupo

    m.
    1 group (conjunto).
    en grupo in a group
    grupo ecologista environmental group
    grupo de estudio study group
    grupo de presión (politics) pressure group, lobby
    grupo de riesgo group at risk
    grupo de rock rock group
    2 group of people, bevy, circle, group.
    * * *
    1 group
    2 TÉCNICA unit, set
    \
    en grupo together, en masse
    grupo electrógeno power plant
    grupo sanguíneo blood group
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) band
    * * *
    SM
    1) [gen] group; (=equipo) team; [de árboles] cluster, clump

    grupo de contacto — (Pol) contact group

    grupo de estafas — (Policía) fraud squad

    grupo de estupefacientes — (Policía) drug squad

    grupo de homicidios — (Policía) murder squad

    grupo de investigación — research team, team of researchers

    grupo de presión — pressure group, special interest group (EEUU)

    2) (Elec, Téc) unit, plant; (=montaje) assembly

    grupo electrógeno, grupo generador — generating set, power plant

    3) Cono Sur (=trampa) trick, con *
    * * *
    a) (de personas, empresas, países) group; ( de árboles) clump

    en grupo<salir/trabajar> in a group/in groups

    b) (Mús) tb

    grupo musical — group, band

    * * *
    = aggregate, bank, batch [batches, -pl.], body, class, cluster, clutch, congeries, grouping, pack, cohort, camp, set, group, gang, bunch, corps, band, class group, combine, constituent group, collective, ensemble, bevy, line-up, cluster, segment, pod, order, mob.
    Ex. The result of this is to provide a distinct class number for an aggregate of subjects which are adjacent in the UDC schedule order.
    Ex. A recitation of the best thought out principles for a cataloging code is easily drowned out by the clatter of a bank of direct access devices vainly searching for misplaced records.
    Ex. A KWIC index is based upon the 'keywords' in the titles of the batch of documents to be indexed.
    Ex. The main body of criticism centred upon the treatment of nonbook materials.
    Ex. The following highlights are what this first class of Fellows recall of their time overseas.
    Ex. The local system is designed to be flexible enough to meet the needs of a single library or those of a library cluster.
    Ex. This approach does tend to lead to small clutches of periodicals on a given subject.
    Ex. To be sure, it still has its congeries of mills and factories, its grimy huddle of frame dwellings and congested tenements, its stark, jagged skyline, but its old face is gradually changing.
    Ex. This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.
    Ex. The notched cards, representing relevant documents, will drop off the needle and fall from the bulk of the pack.
    Ex. This article examines the views of librarians held by a number of faculty cohorts.
    Ex. This is a situation much debated between the two camps of those who would give everyone what he wants and those who would give each reader only the things of some constructive value.
    Ex. SELECT retrieves records containing the search term or terms you specify and stores them in sets.
    Ex. The groups continue, however, to keep alive their heritages through festivals and cultural activities.
    Ex. In the 1920s and 1930s more than 1 million books were being loaned each year to members as far afield as the most isolated settlers' gangs working on distant branch lines.
    Ex. They are a very impatient bunch, however: knowing themselves what the technology can do, they can get a little short with obstructionists who raise non-technical objections.
    Ex. Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex. In recent years a band of disciples has grown up in India, and has contributed to the revision and expansion of the schedules.
    Ex. If the panel members represent class groups, they must canvass for suggestions.
    Ex. 158 public organisations with very diverse computer machinery formed a combine to develop an application which would make the database available on the organisations' different computer systems. = 158 instituciones públicas con equipos informáticos muy diversos crearon un grupo para desarrollar una aplicación que hiciera que la base de datos estuviese disponible en sus diferentes sistemas informáticos.
    Ex. Different constituent groups tend to rate aspects of the library quite differently.
    Ex. These collectives are at present seeking compensation for copies made of copyrighted material based on the nature, volume and use of copies made.
    Ex. DIANE is the name that has been given to the ensemble of available information services.
    Ex. It contains a bevy of fearsomely feisty female archetypes removed from domestic obligations and toughened in the brutal setting of prison life.
    Ex. The title of the article is 'The information market: a line-up of competitors'.
    Ex. Various other methods of obtaining clusters have been described, including the use of fuzzy sets, but these are beyond the scope of this book.
    Ex. No such constraints exist where online display is anticipated, since only one segment at a time is displayed.
    Ex. The large pod of about 75 narwhals milled around the bay in the summer feeding grounds.
    Ex. The taxonomic subclass of acari (mites and ticks) comprises tens of thousands of species, grouped in many families and several orders.
    Ex. In the afternoon quite a few of our mob decided that they would prefer to spend a bit of time lazing about in the water and soaking up a few rays.
    ----
    * admitir a Alguien en un grupo = adopt + Nombre + into the fold.
    * análisis de grupo = cohort analysis.
    * atacar en grupo = swarm.
    * camaradería de grupo = group ride.
    * cena de grupo = dinner party.
    * cena en grupo = group dinner, dinner party.
    * como grupo = collectively.
    * crear un grupo = set up + group.
    * debate de grupo = group discussion.
    * debate en grupo = group discussion.
    * división del mercado por grupos de consumidores = market segmentation.
    * empresa de nuestro grupo = sister company, sister organisation.
    * empresa de un grupo = operating company.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * enano del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * en muchos grupos = in many quarters.
    * en muchos grupos de la población = in many quarters.
    * entre grupos sociales = intergroup.
    * entrevista en grupo = group interview.
    * formación de grupos de presión = lobbying representation.
    * formar un grupo = set up + group.
    * formar un grupo de presión = form + lobby.
    * G7 (Grupo de los Siete), el = G7 (Group of Seven), the.
    * gran grupo = constellation.
    * grupo activista = faction group.
    * grupo al Algo que va dirigido = target group.
    * grupo alimenticio = food group.
    * grupo asesor = advisory group.
    * Grupo Asesor sobre Redes (NAG) = Network Advisory Group (NAG).
    * grupo chantajista = extortion racket.
    * grupo cívico = civic group.
    * grupo consultivo = advisory group.
    * grupo coordinador = steering group.
    * grupo cultural = cultural group.
    * grupo de acción ciudadana = citizen action group, community action group.
    * grupo de amigos = clan of friends.
    * grupo de amigos y conocidos = social network.
    * grupo de apoyo = interest group, support group.
    * grupo de autoayuda = self-help group, self-help group, self-help group.
    * grupo de cantantes femenino = girl band.
    * grupo de cantantes masculino = boy band.
    * grupo de ciudadanos desatentido = unserved, the.
    * grupo de consumidores = consumer group.
    * grupo de control = control group.
    * grupo de datos = data set [dataset].
    * grupo de debate = discussion group, focus group, discussion list, electronic forum, panel discussion, panel debate.
    * grupo de dirección = management.
    * grupo de discusión = discussion group.
    * grupo de edad = age bracket, age group [age-group].
    * grupo de empresas = business group.
    * grupo de estanterías = stack, stack range.
    * grupo de estudio = study circle.
    * grupo de expertos = cadre, brains trust, group of experts, network, think tank.
    * grupo defensor = interest group.
    * grupo de gestión = management team.
    * grupo de incondicionales, el = hard core, the.
    * grupo de intelectuales = intelligentsia.
    * grupo de interés = focus group, interest group.
    * grupo de investigación = research group.
    * Grupo de Investigación sobre la Clasificación (CRG) = Classification Research Group (CRG).
    * grupo de la oposición = opposition group.
    * grupo de los 20 = G-20.
    * grupo de los ocho, el = G8, the.
    * grupo del proyecto = project team.
    * grupo de negociación = bargaining unit.
    * grupo de normalización = standards group.
    * grupo de opinión = focus group.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * grupo de poder = power group.
    * grupo de presión = lobby group, pressure group, lobbyist.
    * grupo de protección a menores = Shelter group.
    * grupo de protección ciudadana = civic trust group.
    * grupo de recursos = clump.
    * grupo de referencia = reference group.
    * grupo de representantes = focus group.
    * grupo de rock = rock group.
    * grupo de seguidores = fandom.
    * grupo de términos de búsqueda relacionados = search hedge, subject hedge.
    * grupo de trabajo = study group, study team, task force, working party, task group, research group, working group, project team.
    * Grupo de Trabajo de Ingeniería de Internet (IETF) = Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).
    * grupo de trabajo por tema de interés = breakout group.
    * Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la Asociaci = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).
    * grupo de tres = threesome.
    * grupo de usuarios = user group, users' group, population served.
    * grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.
    * grupo disidente = splinter group, splinter party.
    * grupo dominante = dominant group.
    * grupo eléctrico = power unit, electrical generator, power generator.
    * grupo electrógeno = electrical generator, power unit, power generator.
    * grupo especial = special interest group.
    * grupo específico = niche.
    * grupo etario = age bracket.
    * grupo étnico = ethnic group, racial group, cultural group.
    * grupo experimental = experimental group.
    * grupo extremista = extremist group.
    * grupo incondicional, el = hard core, the.
    * grupo influyente = force.
    * grupo instrumental = ensemble.
    * grupo integrante = constituent group.
    * grupo interdisciplinar = cross-functional team.
    * grupo intérprete = executant body.
    * grupo marginado = deprived group, marginalised group.
    * grupo marginal = disadvantaged community, marginalised group.
    * grupo mayoritario = majority group.
    * grupo mínimo relacionado = minimum zone cohort.
    * grupo minoritario = minority group.
    * grupo mixto = cross-functional team.
    * grupo musical en directo = live band.
    * grupo político = political group.
    * grupo principal de usuarios = primary user group.
    * grupo profesional = occupational group.
    * grupo racial = racial group.
    * grupo racista = hate group.
    * grupo referente = reference group.
    * grupo religioso = denominational body, religious group.
    * grupos = quarters.
    * grupo sanguíneo = blood group, blood type.
    * grupos de diez = tens of.
    * grupo según edad = age group [age-group].
    * grupo social = community group, social group.
    * grupo supervisor = steering group.
    * grupo temáticamente afín = subject-related group.
    * grupo terrorista = terrorist group.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * obra para grupo instrumental = ensemble work.
    * pensamiento de grupo = groupthink.
    * perfil de grupo = group profile.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * presión del grupo = peer pressure.
    * relativo a un grupo = group-related.
    * reunión de grupo = group meeting.
    * RLG (Grupo de Bibliotecas de Investigación) = RLG (Research Libraries Group).
    * rodear en grupo = swarm.
    * SDI por grupos = group SDI.
    * sentimiento de grupo = togetherness.
    * sesión de grupo = group session.
    * tarifa de grupo = group rate.
    * técnica de grupo nominal = nominal group technique.
    * terapia de grupo = group therapy.
    * trabajar en grupo = team.
    * trabajar en grupo (con) = team up (with).
    * una grupo impreciso de = a cloud of.
    * un grupo aferrado de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un grupo de = a set of, a bunch of, a crop of, a pool of, a cadre of, a cluster of, a galaxy of, a clutch of, a company of.
    * un grupo de gente variada = a cast of people.
    * un grupo incondicional de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo variado de = a collection of.
    * violación en grupo = gang rape.
    * * *
    a) (de personas, empresas, países) group; ( de árboles) clump

    en grupo<salir/trabajar> in a group/in groups

    b) (Mús) tb

    grupo musical — group, band

    * * *
    = aggregate, bank, batch [batches, -pl.], body, class, cluster, clutch, congeries, grouping, pack, cohort, camp, set, group, gang, bunch, corps, band, class group, combine, constituent group, collective, ensemble, bevy, line-up, cluster, segment, pod, order, mob.

    Ex: The result of this is to provide a distinct class number for an aggregate of subjects which are adjacent in the UDC schedule order.

    Ex: A recitation of the best thought out principles for a cataloging code is easily drowned out by the clatter of a bank of direct access devices vainly searching for misplaced records.
    Ex: A KWIC index is based upon the 'keywords' in the titles of the batch of documents to be indexed.
    Ex: The main body of criticism centred upon the treatment of nonbook materials.
    Ex: The following highlights are what this first class of Fellows recall of their time overseas.
    Ex: The local system is designed to be flexible enough to meet the needs of a single library or those of a library cluster.
    Ex: This approach does tend to lead to small clutches of periodicals on a given subject.
    Ex: To be sure, it still has its congeries of mills and factories, its grimy huddle of frame dwellings and congested tenements, its stark, jagged skyline, but its old face is gradually changing.
    Ex: This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.
    Ex: The notched cards, representing relevant documents, will drop off the needle and fall from the bulk of the pack.
    Ex: This article examines the views of librarians held by a number of faculty cohorts.
    Ex: This is a situation much debated between the two camps of those who would give everyone what he wants and those who would give each reader only the things of some constructive value.
    Ex: SELECT retrieves records containing the search term or terms you specify and stores them in sets.
    Ex: The groups continue, however, to keep alive their heritages through festivals and cultural activities.
    Ex: In the 1920s and 1930s more than 1 million books were being loaned each year to members as far afield as the most isolated settlers' gangs working on distant branch lines.
    Ex: They are a very impatient bunch, however: knowing themselves what the technology can do, they can get a little short with obstructionists who raise non-technical objections.
    Ex: Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex: In recent years a band of disciples has grown up in India, and has contributed to the revision and expansion of the schedules.
    Ex: If the panel members represent class groups, they must canvass for suggestions.
    Ex: 158 public organisations with very diverse computer machinery formed a combine to develop an application which would make the database available on the organisations' different computer systems. = 158 instituciones públicas con equipos informáticos muy diversos crearon un grupo para desarrollar una aplicación que hiciera que la base de datos estuviese disponible en sus diferentes sistemas informáticos.
    Ex: Different constituent groups tend to rate aspects of the library quite differently.
    Ex: These collectives are at present seeking compensation for copies made of copyrighted material based on the nature, volume and use of copies made.
    Ex: DIANE is the name that has been given to the ensemble of available information services.
    Ex: It contains a bevy of fearsomely feisty female archetypes removed from domestic obligations and toughened in the brutal setting of prison life.
    Ex: The title of the article is 'The information market: a line-up of competitors'.
    Ex: Various other methods of obtaining clusters have been described, including the use of fuzzy sets, but these are beyond the scope of this book.
    Ex: No such constraints exist where online display is anticipated, since only one segment at a time is displayed.
    Ex: The large pod of about 75 narwhals milled around the bay in the summer feeding grounds.
    Ex: The taxonomic subclass of acari (mites and ticks) comprises tens of thousands of species, grouped in many families and several orders.
    Ex: In the afternoon quite a few of our mob decided that they would prefer to spend a bit of time lazing about in the water and soaking up a few rays.
    * admitir a Alguien en un grupo = adopt + Nombre + into the fold.
    * análisis de grupo = cohort analysis.
    * atacar en grupo = swarm.
    * camaradería de grupo = group ride.
    * cena de grupo = dinner party.
    * cena en grupo = group dinner, dinner party.
    * como grupo = collectively.
    * crear un grupo = set up + group.
    * debate de grupo = group discussion.
    * debate en grupo = group discussion.
    * división del mercado por grupos de consumidores = market segmentation.
    * empresa de nuestro grupo = sister company, sister organisation.
    * empresa de un grupo = operating company.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * enano del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * en muchos grupos = in many quarters.
    * en muchos grupos de la población = in many quarters.
    * entre grupos sociales = intergroup.
    * entrevista en grupo = group interview.
    * formación de grupos de presión = lobbying representation.
    * formar un grupo = set up + group.
    * formar un grupo de presión = form + lobby.
    * G7 (Grupo de los Siete), el = G7 (Group of Seven), the.
    * gran grupo = constellation.
    * grupo activista = faction group.
    * grupo al Algo que va dirigido = target group.
    * grupo alimenticio = food group.
    * grupo asesor = advisory group.
    * Grupo Asesor sobre Redes (NAG) = Network Advisory Group (NAG).
    * grupo chantajista = extortion racket.
    * grupo cívico = civic group.
    * grupo consultivo = advisory group.
    * grupo coordinador = steering group.
    * grupo cultural = cultural group.
    * grupo de acción ciudadana = citizen action group, community action group.
    * grupo de amigos = clan of friends.
    * grupo de amigos y conocidos = social network.
    * grupo de apoyo = interest group, support group.
    * grupo de autoayuda = self-help group, self-help group, self-help group.
    * grupo de cantantes femenino = girl band.
    * grupo de cantantes masculino = boy band.
    * grupo de ciudadanos desatentido = unserved, the.
    * grupo de consumidores = consumer group.
    * grupo de control = control group.
    * grupo de datos = data set [dataset].
    * grupo de debate = discussion group, focus group, discussion list, electronic forum, panel discussion, panel debate.
    * grupo de dirección = management.
    * grupo de discusión = discussion group.
    * grupo de edad = age bracket, age group [age-group].
    * grupo de empresas = business group.
    * grupo de estanterías = stack, stack range.
    * grupo de estudio = study circle.
    * grupo de expertos = cadre, brains trust, group of experts, network, think tank.
    * grupo defensor = interest group.
    * grupo de gestión = management team.
    * grupo de incondicionales, el = hard core, the.
    * grupo de intelectuales = intelligentsia.
    * grupo de interés = focus group, interest group.
    * grupo de investigación = research group.
    * Grupo de Investigación sobre la Clasificación (CRG) = Classification Research Group (CRG).
    * grupo de la oposición = opposition group.
    * grupo de los 20 = G-20.
    * grupo de los ocho, el = G8, the.
    * grupo del proyecto = project team.
    * grupo de negociación = bargaining unit.
    * grupo de normalización = standards group.
    * grupo de opinión = focus group.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * grupo de poder = power group.
    * grupo de presión = lobby group, pressure group, lobbyist.
    * grupo de protección a menores = Shelter group.
    * grupo de protección ciudadana = civic trust group.
    * grupo de recursos = clump.
    * grupo de referencia = reference group.
    * grupo de representantes = focus group.
    * grupo de rock = rock group.
    * grupo de seguidores = fandom.
    * grupo de términos de búsqueda relacionados = search hedge, subject hedge.
    * grupo de trabajo = study group, study team, task force, working party, task group, research group, working group, project team.
    * Grupo de Trabajo de Ingeniería de Internet (IETF) = Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).
    * grupo de trabajo por tema de interés = breakout group.
    * Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la Asociaci = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).
    * grupo de tres = threesome.
    * grupo de usuarios = user group, users' group, population served.
    * grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.
    * grupo disidente = splinter group, splinter party.
    * grupo dominante = dominant group.
    * grupo eléctrico = power unit, electrical generator, power generator.
    * grupo electrógeno = electrical generator, power unit, power generator.
    * grupo especial = special interest group.
    * grupo específico = niche.
    * grupo etario = age bracket.
    * grupo étnico = ethnic group, racial group, cultural group.
    * grupo experimental = experimental group.
    * grupo extremista = extremist group.
    * grupo incondicional, el = hard core, the.
    * grupo influyente = force.
    * grupo instrumental = ensemble.
    * grupo integrante = constituent group.
    * grupo interdisciplinar = cross-functional team.
    * grupo intérprete = executant body.
    * grupo marginado = deprived group, marginalised group.
    * grupo marginal = disadvantaged community, marginalised group.
    * grupo mayoritario = majority group.
    * grupo mínimo relacionado = minimum zone cohort.
    * grupo minoritario = minority group.
    * grupo mixto = cross-functional team.
    * grupo musical en directo = live band.
    * grupo político = political group.
    * grupo principal de usuarios = primary user group.
    * grupo profesional = occupational group.
    * grupo racial = racial group.
    * grupo racista = hate group.
    * grupo referente = reference group.
    * grupo religioso = denominational body, religious group.
    * grupos = quarters.
    * grupo sanguíneo = blood group, blood type.
    * grupos de diez = tens of.
    * grupo según edad = age group [age-group].
    * grupo social = community group, social group.
    * grupo supervisor = steering group.
    * grupo temáticamente afín = subject-related group.
    * grupo terrorista = terrorist group.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * obra para grupo instrumental = ensemble work.
    * pensamiento de grupo = groupthink.
    * perfil de grupo = group profile.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * presión del grupo = peer pressure.
    * relativo a un grupo = group-related.
    * reunión de grupo = group meeting.
    * RLG (Grupo de Bibliotecas de Investigación) = RLG (Research Libraries Group).
    * rodear en grupo = swarm.
    * SDI por grupos = group SDI.
    * sentimiento de grupo = togetherness.
    * sesión de grupo = group session.
    * tarifa de grupo = group rate.
    * técnica de grupo nominal = nominal group technique.
    * terapia de grupo = group therapy.
    * trabajar en grupo = team.
    * trabajar en grupo (con) = team up (with).
    * una grupo impreciso de = a cloud of.
    * un grupo aferrado de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un grupo de = a set of, a bunch of, a crop of, a pool of, a cadre of, a cluster of, a galaxy of, a clutch of, a company of.
    * un grupo de gente variada = a cast of people.
    * un grupo incondicional de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo variado de = a collection of.
    * violación en grupo = gang rape.

    * * *
    A
    1 (de personas) group; (de empresas, países) group; (de árboles) clump
    los grupos sociales marginados marginalized social groups
    un grupo de casas a group o cluster of houses
    se dividieron en grupos de (a) cuatro they split into groups of four
    en grupo ‹salir/trabajar› in a group/in groups
    2 ( Mús) tb
    grupo musical group, band
    3 ( Quím) group
    Compuestos:
    support group
    advisory group, think tank
    construction consortium
    control group
    consortium
    hotel chain
    grupo de interés or presión
    pressure group
    jazz group o band
    internet forum
    press consortium
    ( Pol) Group of Eight
    newsgroup
    working party
    user group
    generator
    grupo fónico/tónico
    phonic/tonic group
    target group
    ( frml); peer group
    parliamentary group
    blood group
    tener el grupo sanguíneo Rh or Rhesus positivo/negativo to be Rhesus positive/negative
    ¿qué grupo sanguíneo tiene? what blood group are you?
    tengo el grupo sanguíneo A/AB/B positivo/negativo I'm blood group A/AB/B positive/negative
    control group
    B ( Chi arg) (mentira) lie; (engaño) trick
    * * *

     

    grupo sustantivo masculino
    a) (de personas, empresas, países) group;

    ( de árboles) clump;

    grupos sociales social groups;
    de grupo ‹terapia/trabajo group ( before n);
    en grupo ‹salir/trabajarin a group/in groups
    b) (Mús) tb


    grupo sustantivo masculino
    1 g roup: no queda sangre del groupo B+, there is no B+ blood left
    tiene mi grupo sanguíneo, he has the same blood group as I do
    grupo de trabajo, working party
    terapia de grupo, group therapy
    2 Mús group, band
    3 Elec grupo electrógeno, power generator o electric generating set
    ' grupo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aparato
    - argot
    - beatería
    - cada
    - clase
    - comando
    - componente
    - conjunta
    - conjunto
    - contra
    - cuerpo
    - delirio
    - descolgarse
    - desfilar
    - dirigirse
    - disolver
    - disolverse
    - dispersar
    - dispersarse
    - ecologista
    - entrada
    - equipo
    - escolta
    - estamento
    - exclusión
    - figurar
    - fuerza
    - GEO
    - guerrilla
    - incorporarse
    - iniciar
    - jerga
    - junta
    - manifestarse
    - maquinaria
    - mayoría
    - minoritaria
    - minoritario
    - ninguna
    - ninguno
    - núcleo
    - nutrido-a
    - panel
    - paquete
    - patrulla
    - pertenencia
    - pesar
    - piña
    - readmitir
    - relevo
    English:
    address
    - army
    - back
    - band
    - bear down on
    - blood group
    - body
    - bracket
    - breakaway
    - bunch
    - camp
    - chain gang
    - class
    - cliquey
    - clump
    - cluster
    - collection
    - collective
    - combine
    - come under
    - commission
    - contra
    - crowd
    - demo
    - dense
    - drummer
    - dynamics
    - fervent
    - flagship
    - flock
    - foursome
    - fraternity
    - frenzied
    - gather
    - group
    - guard
    - heterogeneous
    - homogeneous
    - huddle
    - inbred
    - Ivy League
    - join
    - knot
    - lead
    - leadership
    - lobby
    - make up
    - manager
    - manageress
    - motley
    * * *
    grupo nm
    1. [conjunto] group;
    [de árboles] cluster;
    grupo (de empresas) (corporate) group;
    en grupo in a group;
    el grupo de cabeza [en carrera] the leading group
    Pol grupo de contacto contact group; Econ grupo de control control group; Informát grupo de discusión discussion group;
    grupo ecologista environmental group;
    grupo de edad age group;
    grupo empresarial (business) group o combine;
    grupo de estudio study group;
    Pol grupo mixto = independent MPs and MPs from minor parties in Spanish parliament; Informát grupo de noticias newsgroup;
    grupo parlamentario parliamentary group;
    Pol grupo de presión pressure group, lobby;
    grupo de riesgo group at risk;
    UE Grupo de Sabios Committee of Wise Men;
    grupo sanguíneo blood group;
    Informát grupo de usuarios user group
    2. [de músicos] group, band
    3. Tec unit, set
    Elec grupo electrógeno generator
    4. Quím group
    5. Ling grupo consonántico consonant cluster;
    grupo fónico phonic group;
    grupo nominal noun phrase;
    grupo de palabras word group;
    grupo vocálico vowel cluster
    * * *
    m group;
    en grupos in groups
    * * *
    grupo nm
    : group
    * * *
    grupo n group

    Spanish-English dictionary > grupo

  • 17 nacional

    adj.
    national (equipo, moneda, monumento).
    f. & m.
    national, citizen.
    * * *
    1 national
    2 (producto, mercado) domestic
    3 (vuelo) domestic; (noticias) national
    * * *
    1. adj. 2. noun mf.
    * * *
    1.
    ADJ (=de la nación) national; (Econ, Com) domestic, home antes de s

    páginas de nacional — (Prensa) home news pages

    carretera, fiesta 2), moneda 2)
    2. SMF
    1) LAm (=ciudadano) national
    2)

    los nacionales[en la guerra civil española] the Franco forces

    * * *
    I
    a) ( de la nación) <deuda/reservas> national
    b) ( no internacional) < vuelo> domestic
    c) ( no extranjero) < industria> national

    compre productos nacionales — ≈buy Spanish (o Argentinian etc)

    la ginebra nacional es muy buenaSpanish (o Argentinian etc) gin is very good

    II
    masculino y femenino (frml) ( ciudadano) national
    * * *
    = countrywide [country-wide], domestic, home, national, state-owned, nationwide [nation-wide], all-nation, state-operated, state-run.
    Ex. There is an urgent need for a survey of private libraries on a countrywide scale.
    Ex. Results indicate that bibliographers at these libraries depend on inadequate reviewing sources and domestic approval plans for developing these literatures.
    Ex. Exports of school texts seem to do well, with a total contribution of 7.34 per cent to total turnover compared to 9.21 per cent from the home sales.
    Ex. National agencies creating MARC records use national standards within their own country, and re-format records to UNIMARC for international exchange.
    Ex. We are state-owned and in a monopolistic situation because of our size, status and/or the uniqueness of our collection.
    Ex. Most of the packaging for cassettes provided by commercial vendors that are known nationwide is lousy, falls apart, looks bad, and so on.
    Ex. The article 'New Czechoslovak database centres on the first all-nation level' describes the services offered by these centres and presents the results of a survey.
    Ex. All state-operated colleges of arts and science in New York state were given funds in fiscal year 1987-88 for collection preparation and barcoding.
    Ex. The nucleus of the system is composed of state-run information centres.
    ----
    * agencia nacional bibliográfica = national bibliographic agency.
    * a nivel nacional = nationally, countrywide [country-wide].
    * Archivo Nacional Americano = United States National Archives.
    * Asociación Nacional para Adquisiciones (NAG) = National Acquisitions Group (NAG).
    * Audiencia Nacional, la = High Court, the.
    * bibliografía nacional = national bibliography.
    * Bibliografía Nacional Británica (BNB) = British National Bibliography (BNB).
    * biblioteca nacional = national library.
    * Biblioteca Nacional Central = National Central Library.
    * Biblioteca Nacional de Alemania = Deutsche Bibliothek.
    * Biblioteca Nacional de Medicina (NLM) = National Library of Medicine (NLM).
    * Biblioteca Nacional Francesa = Bibliotheque Nationale.
    * Catálogo Colectivo Nacional = National Union Catalog, NUC.
    * catálogo nacional = national catalogue.
    * catástrofe nacional = national disaster.
    * Centro Nacional de Préstamos = National Lending Centre.
    * Comité Nacional de Asesoramiento (NACO) = National Advisory Committee (NACO).
    * Consejo Nacional de Profesores de Inglés = National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE).
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * desarrollo de la identidad nacional = nation building.
    * deuda nacional, la = national debt, the.
    * Federación Nacional de Asesorías Independientes (FIAC) = National Federation of Independent Advice Centres (FIAC).
    * Fundación Nacional para las Humanidades (NEH) = National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH).
    * Guardia Nacional, la = National Guard, the.
    * himno nacional = national anthem.
    * idiosincracia nacional = national ethos.
    * Instituto Nacional de la Salud (INSALUD) = National Institutes of Health (NIH).
    * intercambio nacional = national exchange.
    * liberación nacional = national liberation.
    * MARC de la Bibliografía Nacional Británica = BNB MARC.
    * Matica Slovenca (Biblioteca Nacional de Yugoslavia) = Matica Slovenska.
    * mercado nacional = home market, domestic market.
    * moneda nacional = local currency.
    * monumento nacional = heritage site, national monument.
    * movimiento de liberación nacional = national liberation movement.
    * nacional socialista = National Socialist.
    * NASA (Administración Nacional para la Aeronáutica y el Espacio) = NASA (National Aeronautics and Space Administration).
    * NISTF (Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la A = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).
    * número de bibliografía nacional = national record number.
    * número de la bibliografía nacional = national bibliographic record number.
    * número nacional de identificación bibliográfica = national bibliography number.
    * orgullo nacional = national pride.
    * Partido Socialista Nacional, el = National Socialist Party, the.
    * patrimonio nacional = cultural heritage, heritage site.
    * política de información nacional = national information policy.
    * política nacional = national politics.
    * prioridad nacional = national priority.
    * SCONUL (Sociedad de Bibliotecas Nacionales y Universitarias) = SCONUL (Society of College, National and University Libraries).
    * seguridad nacional = homeland security.
    * servicio nacional = domestic service.
    * Sindicato Nacional de Agricultores (NFU) = National Farmers' Union (NFU).
    * tesoro nacional = national treasure.
    * universidad nacional de educación a distancia (UNED) = open university.
    * vuelo nacional = domestic flight.
    * * *
    I
    a) ( de la nación) <deuda/reservas> national
    b) ( no internacional) < vuelo> domestic
    c) ( no extranjero) < industria> national

    compre productos nacionales — ≈buy Spanish (o Argentinian etc)

    la ginebra nacional es muy buenaSpanish (o Argentinian etc) gin is very good

    II
    masculino y femenino (frml) ( ciudadano) national
    * * *
    = countrywide [country-wide], domestic, home, national, state-owned, nationwide [nation-wide], all-nation, state-operated, state-run.

    Ex: There is an urgent need for a survey of private libraries on a countrywide scale.

    Ex: Results indicate that bibliographers at these libraries depend on inadequate reviewing sources and domestic approval plans for developing these literatures.
    Ex: Exports of school texts seem to do well, with a total contribution of 7.34 per cent to total turnover compared to 9.21 per cent from the home sales.
    Ex: National agencies creating MARC records use national standards within their own country, and re-format records to UNIMARC for international exchange.
    Ex: We are state-owned and in a monopolistic situation because of our size, status and/or the uniqueness of our collection.
    Ex: Most of the packaging for cassettes provided by commercial vendors that are known nationwide is lousy, falls apart, looks bad, and so on.
    Ex: The article 'New Czechoslovak database centres on the first all-nation level' describes the services offered by these centres and presents the results of a survey.
    Ex: All state-operated colleges of arts and science in New York state were given funds in fiscal year 1987-88 for collection preparation and barcoding.
    Ex: The nucleus of the system is composed of state-run information centres.
    * agencia nacional bibliográfica = national bibliographic agency.
    * a nivel nacional = nationally, countrywide [country-wide].
    * Archivo Nacional Americano = United States National Archives.
    * Asociación Nacional para Adquisiciones (NAG) = National Acquisitions Group (NAG).
    * Audiencia Nacional, la = High Court, the.
    * bibliografía nacional = national bibliography.
    * Bibliografía Nacional Británica (BNB) = British National Bibliography (BNB).
    * biblioteca nacional = national library.
    * Biblioteca Nacional Central = National Central Library.
    * Biblioteca Nacional de Alemania = Deutsche Bibliothek.
    * Biblioteca Nacional de Medicina (NLM) = National Library of Medicine (NLM).
    * Biblioteca Nacional Francesa = Bibliotheque Nationale.
    * Catálogo Colectivo Nacional = National Union Catalog, NUC.
    * catálogo nacional = national catalogue.
    * catástrofe nacional = national disaster.
    * Centro Nacional de Préstamos = National Lending Centre.
    * Comité Nacional de Asesoramiento (NACO) = National Advisory Committee (NACO).
    * Consejo Nacional de Profesores de Inglés = National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE).
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * desarrollo de la identidad nacional = nation building.
    * deuda nacional, la = national debt, the.
    * Federación Nacional de Asesorías Independientes (FIAC) = National Federation of Independent Advice Centres (FIAC).
    * Fundación Nacional para las Humanidades (NEH) = National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH).
    * Guardia Nacional, la = National Guard, the.
    * himno nacional = national anthem.
    * idiosincracia nacional = national ethos.
    * Instituto Nacional de la Salud (INSALUD) = National Institutes of Health (NIH).
    * intercambio nacional = national exchange.
    * liberación nacional = national liberation.
    * MARC de la Bibliografía Nacional Británica = BNB MARC.
    * Matica Slovenca (Biblioteca Nacional de Yugoslavia) = Matica Slovenska.
    * mercado nacional = home market, domestic market.
    * moneda nacional = local currency.
    * monumento nacional = heritage site, national monument.
    * movimiento de liberación nacional = national liberation movement.
    * nacional socialista = National Socialist.
    * NASA (Administración Nacional para la Aeronáutica y el Espacio) = NASA (National Aeronautics and Space Administration).
    * NISTF (Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la A = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).
    * número de bibliografía nacional = national record number.
    * número de la bibliografía nacional = national bibliographic record number.
    * número nacional de identificación bibliográfica = national bibliography number.
    * orgullo nacional = national pride.
    * Partido Socialista Nacional, el = National Socialist Party, the.
    * patrimonio nacional = cultural heritage, heritage site.
    * política de información nacional = national information policy.
    * política nacional = national politics.
    * prioridad nacional = national priority.
    * SCONUL (Sociedad de Bibliotecas Nacionales y Universitarias) = SCONUL (Society of College, National and University Libraries).
    * seguridad nacional = homeland security.
    * servicio nacional = domestic service.
    * Sindicato Nacional de Agricultores (NFU) = National Farmers' Union (NFU).
    * tesoro nacional = national treasure.
    * universidad nacional de educación a distancia (UNED) = open university.
    * vuelo nacional = domestic flight.

    * * *
    1 (de la nación) ‹deuda/reservas› national
    en todo el territorio nacional throughout the country
    la bandera nacional the national flag
    el entrenador de la selección nacional the national team's coach, the Spanish ( o Colombian etc) team's coach
    2 (no regional) ‹prensa/comité› national
    carretera nacional ≈ Interstate (highway) ( AmE), ≈ A-road ( BrE)
    un programa de difusión nacional a program broadcast nationwide
    una campaña a nivel nacional a nationwide o countrywide o national campaign
    a escala nacional on a national scale
    3 (no internacional) ‹vuelo› domestic, internal; ‹mercado› home ( before n), domestic
    [ S ] salidas nacionales domestic departures
    4 (no extranjero) national
    proteger la industria nacional to protect national industry
    compre productos nacionales ≈ buy British ( o American etc)
    la ginebra nacional es muy buena Spanish ( o Argentinian etc) gin is very good
    1 ( frml) (ciudadano) national
    2
    * * *

    nacional adjetivo
    a) ( de la nación) ‹deuda/reservas/industria national;


    un programa de difusión nacional a program broadcast nationwide
    b) vuelo domestic

    ■ sustantivo masculino y femenino (frml) ( ciudadano) national
    nacional
    I adjetivo
    1 national
    un coche de fabricación nacional, a home-produced car
    2 (interior, no internacional) domestic: la nueva empresa está ganando terreno en el mercado nacional, the new company is gaining ground in the home market
    llegadas nacionales, domestic arrivals
    3 Hist el frente nacional, the national front
    II m pl los nacionales, the Nationalists
    dos nacionales vinieron en busca de reclutas, two Nationalists came looking for recruits
    ' nacional' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ámbito
    - carretera
    - CNMV
    - dicotomía
    - DNI
    - documento
    - fiesta
    - himno
    - INEM
    - Insalud
    - INSERSO
    - mercado
    - parador
    - PNB
    - policía
    - salud
    - sanear
    - selección
    - territorio
    - UNED
    - canción
    - ejecutar
    - guardabosque
    - herencia
    - instituto
    - monumento
    - ONCE
    - patrimonio
    - RENFE
    - vuelo
    English:
    advertise
    - anthem
    - bank holiday
    - domestic
    - edge
    - GNP
    - Gross National Product
    - holiday
    - home
    - ID
    - legal holiday
    - NASA
    - national
    - national costume
    - National Health Service
    - national park
    - National Trust
    - nationally
    - nationwide
    - preclude
    - route
    - state-owned
    - country
    - gross
    - involve
    - major
    - star
    * * *
    adj
    1. [de la nación] national;
    el equipo nacional the national team;
    la moneda nacional the national currency;
    el ron es la bebida nacional rum is the national drink
    2. [del Estado] national;
    monumento/biblioteca nacional national monument/library
    3. [vuelo] domestic
    4. [mercado, noticias] domestic, home;
    una cadena de televisión de ámbito nacional a national television channel;
    consuma productos nacionales buy British/Spanish/ etc products
    5. Esp Hist
    las fuerzas nacionales the Nationalist forces
    nacionales nmpl
    Esp Hist
    los nacionales the Nationalists
    * * *
    adj national
    * * *
    : national
    ciudadano: national, citizen
    * * *
    1. (en general) national
    2. (producto, mercado, vuelo) domestic

    Spanish-English dictionary > nacional

  • 18 help

    help
    1. verb
    1) (to do something with or for someone that he cannot do alone, or that he will find useful: Will you help me with this translation?; Will you please help me (to) translate this poem?; Can I help?; He fell down and I helped him up.) ayudar
    2) (to play a part in something; to improve or advance: Bright posters will help to attract the public to the exhibition; Good exam results will help his chances of a job.) ayudar, contribuir
    3) (to make less bad: An aspirin will help your headache.) ayudar (a calmar), aliviar
    4) (to serve (a person) in a shop: Can I help you, sir?) ayudar, servir
    5) ((with can(not), could (not)) to be able not to do something or to prevent something: He looked so funny that I couldn't help laughing; Can I help it if it rains?) no poder evitar

    2. noun
    1) (the act of helping, or the result of this: Can you give me some help?; Your digging the garden was a big help; Can I be of help to you?) ayuda
    2) (someone or something that is useful: You're a great help to me.) ayuda
    3) (a servant, farmworker etc: She has hired a new help.) criado; asistente; empleado; ayudante
    4) ((usually with no) a way of preventing something: Even if you don't want to do it, the decision has been made - there's no help for it now.) no hay nada que hacer, no hay remedio, no hay vuelta atrás
    - helpful
    - helpfully
    - helpfulness
    - helping
    - helpless
    - helplessly
    - helplessness
    - help oneself
    - help out

    help1 interj ¡socorro!
    help2 n ayuda
    do you need any help? ¿necesitas ayuda?
    help3 vb ayudar
    can I help you? ¿puedo ayudarte?
    can't help... no poder evitar...
    help yourself! ¡sírvete tú mismo!
    tr[help]
    1 (gen) ayuda
    2 (servant) asistenta, criada
    1 ¡socorro!
    1 (gen) ayudar
    can you help us? ¿nos puedes ayudar?
    can I help you? ¿qué desea?, ¿le puedo servir en algo?
    2 (be of use) ayudar, servir
    3 (to relieve) aliviar
    4 (avoid) evitar
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    I «(he etc)» can't help it (I can't stop myself) no puedo (puede etc) evitarlo 2 (not my fault) no es culpa mía (suya etc)
    I couldn't help «+ ger» no pude por menos que + inf
    it can't be helped no hay nada que hacer
    to help oneself servirse a sí mismo,-a
    help yourself! ¡sírvete tú mismo!
    help ['hɛlp] vt
    1) aid, assist: ayudar, auxiliar, socorrer, asistir
    2) alleviate: aliviar
    3) serve: servir
    help yourself!: ¡sírvete!
    4) avoid: evitar
    it can't be helped: no lo podemos evitar, no hay más remedio
    I couldn't help smiling: no pude menos que sonreír
    help n
    1) assistance: ayuda f
    help!: ¡socorro!, ¡auxilio!
    2) staff: personal m (en una oficina), servicio m doméstico
    n.
    apoyo s.m.
    asistencia s.f.
    auxilio s.m.
    ayuda s.f.
    favor s.m.
    mano s.f.
    redención s.f.
    remedio s.m.
    socorro s.m.
    sufragio s.m.
    v.
    aliviar v.
    asistir v.
    auxiliar v.
    ayudar v.
    coadyuvar v.
    servir v.
    socorrer v.

    I
    1. help
    1) ( assist) ayudar

    can I help you? — ( in shop) ¿qué desea?

    so help me God — (frml) y que Dios me asista (frml)

    to help somebody (to) + INF — ayudar a alguien a + inf

    she helped the old lady across the road — ayudó a la anciana a cruzar la calle; see also help out

    2) (avoid, prevent) (usu neg or interrog)

    I can't help the way I look — si soy así ¿qué (le) voy a hacer?

    I can't help thinking that... — no puedo menos que pensar que...

    are you going to visit them? - not if I can help it — ¿los vas a ir a ver? - no si lo puedo evitar

    oh, well, it can't be helped — bueno, paciencia or ¿qué se le va a hacer?

    3) (serve food, goods)

    to help somebody TO something — servirle* algo a alguien


    2.
    vi \<\<person/remark\>\> ayudar; \<\<tool\>\> servir*

    every little bit (AmE) o (BrE) every little helps — muchos pocos hacen un mucho

    to help to + INF — ayudar a + inf


    3.
    v refl
    1) ( assist) ayudarse (a sí mismo)
    2) ( resist impulse) (usu neg) controlarse
    3) ( take)

    to help oneself (TO something)\<\<to food/a drink\>\> servirse* (algo)

    can I use your phone? - help yourself — ¿puedo llamar por teléfono? - estás en tu casa

    help yourself to any books you wantagarra or toma or (Esp) coge los libros que quieras

    he helped himself to $10 from the till — se agenció 10 dólares de la caja (fam)

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    1) u
    a) ( rescue) ayuda f

    don't panic: help is on the o its way — calma, que ya vienen a ayudarnos; (as interj)

    help! — socorro!, auxilio!

    to go for help — ir* a buscar ayuda, ir* a por ayuda (Esp)

    to call for/send for help — pedir*/mandar a buscar ayuda

    b) ( assistance) ayuda f

    was that book any help? — ¿te sirvió de algo el libro?

    can I be of (any) help to you? — ¿la/lo puedo ayudar (en algo)?

    that's a great help!(iro) pues vaya ayuda! (iró); (before n) <file, button> ( Comput) de ayuda

    2) u ( staff) personal m; ( domestic) servicio m doméstico
    [help]
    1. N
    1) (=assistance) ayuda f

    thanks for your help — gracias por ayudarme, gracias por tu ayuda

    to ask (sb) for help — pedir ayuda (a algn)

    he is beyond help — ya no se puede hacer nada por él

    to call for help — (=ask for help) pedir ayuda or auxilio; (=shout for help) pedir ayuda or auxilio a gritos

    to come to sb's help — acudir en ayuda or auxilio de algn

    financial help — ayuda f económica

    to get help, he rushed off to get help — salió corriendo en busca de ayuda

    to go to sb's help — acudir en ayuda or auxilio de algn

    you've been a great help to me — me has ayudado muchísimo

    you're a great help!iro ¡valiente ayuda!

    medical help — asistencia f médica

    it's no help (to say that) — no sirve de nada (decir eso)

    there's no help for it but to... — no hay más remedio que + subjun

    to be of help to sb — ayudar a algn

    can I be of help? — ¿puedo ayudar?

    you should seek professional help — deberías consultar a un profesional, deberías pedir asesoramiento

    to shout for help — pedir ayuda or auxilio a gritos

    I could use some help — una ayudita no me vendría mal

    with the help of — con la ayuda de

    with the help of a knife — con un cuchillo, ayudándose con un cuchillo

    2) (=helpers)
    3) (=cleaner) asistenta f ; home 3., mother 3.
    2. VT
    1) (=aid, assist) ayudar

    that won't help you — eso no te va a servir de nada, eso no te va a ayudar

    can I help you? (in shop) ¿qué deseaba?, ¿en qué le puedo servir?

    to help each other/one another — ayudarse el uno al otro

    to help sb across the road — ayudar a algn a cruzar la calle

    to help sb to their feetayudar a algn a levantarse

    to help sb on/ off with his coat — ayudar a algn a ponerse/quitarse el abrigo

    I couldn't stand so he helped me upno me podía poner de pie así que él me ayudó

    let me help you with that suitcase — deja que te ayude or que te eche una mano con esa maleta

    so help me, I'll kill him! * — ¡te lo juro que lo mato! *

    to help sb to soup/vegetables — servir sopa/verdura a algn

    3) (=avoid) evitar

    "why are you laughing?" - "I can't help it" — -¿por qué te ríes? -no lo puedo evitar

    I can't help it, I just don't like him — es superior a mí, me cae mal

    "it's rather late now" - "I can't help that, you should have come earlier" — -ahora es bastante tarde -no es mi culpa, tenías que haber llegado antes

    it can't be helped — no hay más remedio, ¿qué se le va a hacer?

    he won't if I can help it — si de mí depende, no lo hará

    can I help it if it rains? — ¿es mi culpa si llueve?

    4)

    to help o.s. —

    a) (=assist o.s.) ayudarse a sí mismo

    don't think about helping others, think about helping yourself — no pienses en ayudar a los demás, piensa en ayudarte a ti mismo

    b) (=serve o.s.) servirse

    help yourself! — ¡sírvete!

    c) (=take sth)

    "can I borrow your pen?" - "help yourself" — -¿me prestas el bolígrafo? -cógelo

    d) * (=steal)
    e) (=prevent o.s.)

    I screamed with pain, I couldn't help myself — grité del dolor, no lo pude evitar

    3.
    4.
    EXCL

    help! — ¡socorro!, ¡auxilio!

    5.
    CPD

    help desk Nservicio m de asistencia

    help menu N — (Comput) menú m de ayuda

    * * *

    I
    1. [help]
    1) ( assist) ayudar

    can I help you? — ( in shop) ¿qué desea?

    so help me God — (frml) y que Dios me asista (frml)

    to help somebody (to) + INF — ayudar a alguien a + inf

    she helped the old lady across the road — ayudó a la anciana a cruzar la calle; see also help out

    2) (avoid, prevent) (usu neg or interrog)

    I can't help the way I look — si soy así ¿qué (le) voy a hacer?

    I can't help thinking that... — no puedo menos que pensar que...

    are you going to visit them? - not if I can help it — ¿los vas a ir a ver? - no si lo puedo evitar

    oh, well, it can't be helped — bueno, paciencia or ¿qué se le va a hacer?

    3) (serve food, goods)

    to help somebody TO something — servirle* algo a alguien


    2.
    vi \<\<person/remark\>\> ayudar; \<\<tool\>\> servir*

    every little bit (AmE) o (BrE) every little helps — muchos pocos hacen un mucho

    to help to + INF — ayudar a + inf


    3.
    v refl
    1) ( assist) ayudarse (a sí mismo)
    2) ( resist impulse) (usu neg) controlarse
    3) ( take)

    to help oneself (TO something)\<\<to food/a drink\>\> servirse* (algo)

    can I use your phone? - help yourself — ¿puedo llamar por teléfono? - estás en tu casa

    help yourself to any books you wantagarra or toma or (Esp) coge los libros que quieras

    he helped himself to $10 from the till — se agenció 10 dólares de la caja (fam)

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    1) u
    a) ( rescue) ayuda f

    don't panic: help is on the o its way — calma, que ya vienen a ayudarnos; (as interj)

    help! — socorro!, auxilio!

    to go for help — ir* a buscar ayuda, ir* a por ayuda (Esp)

    to call for/send for help — pedir*/mandar a buscar ayuda

    b) ( assistance) ayuda f

    was that book any help? — ¿te sirvió de algo el libro?

    can I be of (any) help to you? — ¿la/lo puedo ayudar (en algo)?

    that's a great help!(iro) pues vaya ayuda! (iró); (before n) <file, button> ( Comput) de ayuda

    2) u ( staff) personal m; ( domestic) servicio m doméstico

    English-spanish dictionary > help

  • 19 tener

    v.
    1 to have.
    tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother
    tener fiebre to have a temperature
    tuvieron una pelea they had a fight
    tener un niño to have a baby
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August
    Yo tengo una casa I have a house.
    El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.
    Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.
    Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.
    Tengo un primo I have a cousin,
    Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.
    Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.
    Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.
    Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.
    2 to be.
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old)
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid
    tener mal humor to be bad-tempered
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her
    3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).
    tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise
    4 to hold.
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle
    Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.
    5 to offer, to have.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hold
    3) own, possess
    4) feel
    - tener que
    - tenerse por
    * * *
    Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
    1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

    ¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

    ¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

    tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

    ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

    2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

    tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

    tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

    3) [referido a edad] to be

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

    tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

    el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

    5) (=parir) to have
    6) (=medir) to be
    7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

    tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

    8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

    Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

    tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

    ¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

    9) (=sostener) to hold

    tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

    tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

    ¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

    10) (=recibir) to have

    ¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

    11) (=pensar, considerar)

    tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

    tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

    ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

    12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

    tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

    no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

    eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

    13) [locuciones]

    ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

    tener algo [de] + adj

    ¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

    tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

    tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

    - ¿conque esas tenemos?

    no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

    2. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) tener que ({+ infin})
    a) [indicando obligación]

    tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

    tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

    tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

    b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

    ¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

    tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

    c) [en reproches]

    ¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

    ¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

    ¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

    d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]
    2) + participio
    3) + adj

    me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

    4) esp Méx (=llevar)

    tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.
    Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    ----
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpablehere's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenarI have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacerI have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largoshe has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llavetake o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabezaI have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominadoshe has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoyI have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueñoto be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

    Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun

    * * *
    tener [ E27 ]
    ■ tener (verbo transitivo)
    A poseer, disponer de
    B
    1 llevar encima
    2 llevar puesto
    C actividades, obligaciones
    D
    1 señalando características
    2 expresando edad
    3 con idea de posibilidad
    E dar a luz
    A sujetar, sostener
    B tomar
    A recibir
    B
    1 sentir
    2 refiriéndose a síntomas
    3 refiriéndose a sucesos
    C refiriéndose a actitudes
    A indicando estado, situación
    B tener algo/a alguien por algo
    ■ tener (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 tener que: obligación
    2 tener que: propósito
    B tener que: certeza
    A con participio pasado
    B en expresiones de tiempo
    ■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)
    A sostenerse
    B tenerse por algo
    vt
    [El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']
    A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have
    ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one
    ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?
    tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary
    no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives
    no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money
    no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to
    tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like
    aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit
    ¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?
    ¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?
    no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure
    tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)
    B
    1 (llevar encima) to have
    ¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?
    no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)
    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?
    2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on
    ¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!
    C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have
    esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight
    los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays
    tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner
    tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron
    D
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have
    tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair
    tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave
    tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing
    tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults
    la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light
    tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide
    ¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?
    tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father
    tener algo DE algo:
    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?
    no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
    (expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)
    tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father
    el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old
    3
    (con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair
    el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble
    E (dar a luz) to have
    tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby
    A (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you
    ¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?
    tenlo derecho hold it upright
    B
    (tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key
    A (recibir) to have
    hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month
    la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received
    tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her
    B
    1
    (sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold
    tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother
    no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything
    le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house
    tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …
    ¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?
    2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have
    tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache
    ¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?
    está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him
    3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have
    tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer
    tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream
    que tengas buen viaje have a good trip
    tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him
    C
    (refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect
    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful
    tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me
    tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went
    bien2 adv G. (↑ bien (2))
    A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):
    el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty
    la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken
    tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed
    lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away
    ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already
    la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time
    lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb
    eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that
    me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon
    nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour
    a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid
    tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick
    ¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?
    B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:
    se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country
    lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon
    siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy
    ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it
    A
    1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:
    tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today
    tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin
    no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button
    no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine
    no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations
    no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much
    tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this
    2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:
    tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie
    tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise
    tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good
    B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:
    tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer
    tiene que haber sido él it must have been him
    tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?
    ver2 vt I. (↑ ver (2))
    A
    (con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?
    ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out
    tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow
    tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection
    te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that
    teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday
    tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up
    B
    ( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years
    tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years
    A
    (sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand
    tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)
    B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:
    se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    tener    
    tener algo
    tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
    1
    a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo to have;


    no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
    tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
    b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio to have;

    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

    c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

    tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

    tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
    d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos to have

    2
    a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;


    tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he isso what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

    tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
    3
    a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;


    b) ( tomar):

    ten la llave take o here's the key

    4
    a) ( sentir):

    tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

    le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
    tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
    b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer to have;

    tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

    c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente to have;


    5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):

    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
    tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
    6 (indicando estado, situación):

    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
    tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
    me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
    tener v aux
    1 tener que hacer algo
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

    tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

    tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):


    tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him


    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
    2 ( con participio pasado):
    tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

    te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
    teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
    3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
    tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):

    no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
    tener
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
    no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
    tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
    tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
    no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
    (ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
    3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
    4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
    5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
    nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
    tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
    6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
    7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
    tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
    ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
    tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
    8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
    no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
    9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
    (medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
    10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
    nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
    tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
    me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
    11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
    tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
    tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
    II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
    Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
    La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
    Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

    ' tener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - acarrear
    - accidente
    - acostumbrar
    - admirar
    - adolecer
    - agobiarse
    - añorar
    - antena
    - apetecer
    - apremiar
    - aptitud
    - arcada
    - arte
    - banco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - burbuja
    - cabida
    - cabronada
    - cacao
    - caer
    - cagalera
    - calor
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - carácter
    - carrete
    - celebrarse
    - céntimo
    - certeza
    - certidumbre
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conciencia
    - conllevar
    - consecuencia
    - constar
    - contingente
    - corazón
    - correa
    - correrse
    - cosa
    - cosquillas
    - costar
    - creer
    - cruda
    - crudo
    English:
    access
    - accommodate
    - act
    - add up
    - afraid
    - agree
    - aim to
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - approve of
    - around
    - associate
    - attached
    - augment
    - authoritarian
    - ax
    - axe
    - barrel
    - be
    - bear
    - bear with
    - bearing
    - begrudge
    - believe in
    - belong
    - beware
    - boast
    - bone
    - boomerang
    - breathing space
    - broody
    - brush
    - butterfly
    - calculate
    - careful
    - celebrate
    - clash
    - clever
    - come off
    - command
    - connected
    - conscience
    - consider
    - consideration
    - count
    - crash
    - date
    - daunt
    - debt
    - depend
    * * *
    vt
    1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;
    no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;
    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;
    ¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;
    tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;
    tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;
    muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;
    el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;
    ¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;
    ¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;
    tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;
    tener un niño to have a baby;
    no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
    RP Fam
    tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;
    ¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;
    no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;
    muy Fam
    tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;
    tener fiebre to have a temperature;
    tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;
    doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;
    no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;
    tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;
    mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;
    no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;
    tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves
    3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
    Am
    tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;
    tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;
    tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;
    tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;
    me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;
    tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
    tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;
    tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;
    tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;
    me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;
    eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;
    esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;
    un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;
    nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;
    me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;
    nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;
    la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant
    5. [sujetar] to hold;
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;
    ¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;
    ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high
    6. [tomar]
    ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;
    ¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;
    ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer
    7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;
    tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;
    el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;
    tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;
    tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;
    tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;
    tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed
    8. [valorar, estimar]
    tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;
    me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
    Formal
    tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;
    les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…
    9. [guardar, contener] to keep;
    ¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;
    ¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;
    la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;
    esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account
    10. RP Fam
    tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;
    ¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;
    ¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;
    ¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!
    v aux
    1. [antes de participio] [haber]
    teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;
    ¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;
    te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;
    tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married
    2.
    tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;
    tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;
    ¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;
    tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;
    tiene que ser así it has to be this way;
    tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;
    teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;
    no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;
    si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;
    no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to
    3.
    tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;
    tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;
    tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;
    tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking
    4.
    tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;
    las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;
    tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;
    tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else
    5.
    tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;
    actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;
    se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;
    ¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;
    no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;
    lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;
    aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;
    es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;
    tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;
    dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;
    ¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 have;
    tener 10 años be 10 (years old);
    tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length
    2
    :
    ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy
    3
    :
    tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth
    4
    :
    tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;
    tuve que madrugar I had to get up early
    5
    :
    conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;
    no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;
    no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;
    eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous
    * * *
    tener {80} vt
    1) : to have
    tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes
    tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do
    tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old
    tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long
    2) : to hold
    ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment
    3) : to feel, to make
    tengo frío: I'm cold
    eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy
    4)
    tener por : to think, to consider
    me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy
    tener v aux
    1)
    tener que : to have to
    tengo que salir: I have to leave
    tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here
    tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you
    * * *
    tener vb
    1. (en general) to have
    En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?
    2. (edad, tamaño) to be
    tener que ver to have to do with / to concern
    no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener

  • 20 violencia

    f.
    1 violence.
    violencia doméstica domestic violence
    2 force.
    3 awkwardness.
    4 rough stuff, violent stuff.
    * * *
    1 (fuerza) violence
    2 (embarazo) embarrassment
    3 (situación embarazosa) embarrassing situation
    5 (injusticia) outrage
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (gen) violence; (=fuerza) force; (Jur) assault, violence; (Pol) rule by force

    no se consigue nada con él usando la violencia — you will not achieve anything with him by using force, you won't get anywhere with him if you use force

    amenazar violencia — to threaten violence; [turba] to turn ugly

    apelar a la violencia — to resort to violence, use force

    = violentar 1., 2)
    2) (=vergüenza) embarrassment; (=situación) embarrassing situation

    si eso te causa violenciaif that makes you feel awkward o uncomfortable, if that embarrasses you

    estar con violenciato be o feel awkward

    3)

    una violencia — a damaging act; (=atrocidad) an outrage

    4) (Col)
    ( Hist, Pol)
    * * *
    femenino violence
    * * *
    = violence, savagery, battery.
    Ex. Such power groups subsume the individual will as never before, and generate feelings of bewilderment, apathy, violence, alienation.
    Ex. Is there any ambiguity in this phrase which can excuse the ALA's failure to defend Cuba's independent libraries from the savagery being inflicted upon them?.
    Ex. The increasing frequency of notorious cases of conflicts between police officers & members of the general public (which in New York City has led to incidents of death, battery, & sexual assault) is cause for alarm.
    ----
    * brote de violencia = outbreak of violence.
    * camapaña de violencia = campaign of violence.
    * con violencia = virulently.
    * golpear con violencia = smite.
    * incitar la violencia = incite + violence.
    * no violencia = nonviolence.
    * violencia al volante = road rage.
    * violencia callejera = street violence.
    * violencia de género = sexual violence, gender-related violence, gender violence, gender-based violence, domestic violence.
    * violencia doméstica = domestic violence.
    * violencia en el hogar = domestic violence.
    * violencia en la escuela = school violence.
    * violencia en la familia = family violence.
    * violencia en la pantalla = screen violence.
    * violencia escolar = school violence.
    * violencia étnica = ethnic violence.
    * violencia familiar = family violence, domestic violence.
    * violencia física = physical violence.
    * violencia intrafamiliar = domestic violence.
    * violencia matrimonial = spousal abuse.
    * violencia racial = racial violence.
    * violencia sexista = sexual violence, gender-based violence.
    * * *
    femenino violence
    * * *
    = violence, savagery, battery.

    Ex: Such power groups subsume the individual will as never before, and generate feelings of bewilderment, apathy, violence, alienation.

    Ex: Is there any ambiguity in this phrase which can excuse the ALA's failure to defend Cuba's independent libraries from the savagery being inflicted upon them?.
    Ex: The increasing frequency of notorious cases of conflicts between police officers & members of the general public (which in New York City has led to incidents of death, battery, & sexual assault) is cause for alarm.
    * brote de violencia = outbreak of violence.
    * camapaña de violencia = campaign of violence.
    * con violencia = virulently.
    * golpear con violencia = smite.
    * incitar la violencia = incite + violence.
    * no violencia = nonviolence.
    * violencia al volante = road rage.
    * violencia callejera = street violence.
    * violencia de género = sexual violence, gender-related violence, gender violence, gender-based violence, domestic violence.
    * violencia doméstica = domestic violence.
    * violencia en el hogar = domestic violence.
    * violencia en la escuela = school violence.
    * violencia en la familia = family violence.
    * violencia en la pantalla = screen violence.
    * violencia escolar = school violence.
    * violencia étnica = ethnic violence.
    * violencia familiar = family violence, domestic violence.
    * violencia física = physical violence.
    * violencia intrafamiliar = domestic violence.
    * violencia matrimonial = spousal abuse.
    * violencia racial = racial violence.
    * violencia sexista = sexual violence, gender-based violence.

    * * *
    violence
    hubo que recurrir a la violencia they had to resort to violence o force
    Compuestos:
    gender violence
    violencia feminicida or femicida
    gender violence against a woman resulting in her death
    * * *

    violencia sustantivo femenino
    violence;

    violencia sustantivo femenino violence

    ' violencia' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    brotar
    - brote
    - escalada
    - estallido
    - fuerte
    - fuerza
    - ímpetu
    - impetuosidad
    - agarrar
    - extinguir
    - no
    - partidario
    - repudiar
    - señal
    - torturar
    English:
    against
    - break out
    - clash
    - domestic
    - erupt
    - flare up
    - flare-up
    - force
    - gouge
    - jam on
    - mindless
    - outbreak
    - rough
    - screen
    - slam down
    - tide
    - untouched
    - violence
    - violently
    - wanton
    - resort
    * * *
    1. [agresividad] violence;
    reaccionó con violencia she reacted violently;
    emplear la violencia contra la población desarmada to use violence against an unarmed population
    violencia callejera street violence;
    violencia doméstica domestic violence;
    violencia física physical violence;
    violencia de género [contra mujeres] violence against women
    2. [de viento, pasiones] force
    3. [incomodidad] awkwardness
    LA VIOLENCIA
    On 9th April 1948, the leftist Liberal Party leader of Colombia, Jorge Eliécer Gaitán, was murdered in Bogotá. Popular outrage led to an outburst of violent street rioting (known as “el bogotazo”), which was put down within a few days. However, this sparked off ten years of virtual civil war in the countryside between supporters of the Liberal and Conservative parties in which some 300,000 people died. This period is known as la Violencia, and only ended when the two parties, united by their opposition to the dictatorship of General Rojas Pinilla (1953-7), agreed to form a Frente Nacional under which they alternated in power over the next 16 years.
    * * *
    f violence
    * * *
    : violence
    * * *
    violencia n violence

    Spanish-English dictionary > violencia

См. также в других словарях:

  • Center for Domestic Preparedness — The Center for Domestic Preparedness is the only U.S. Federal facility chartered to provide comprehensive preparedness training programs to the Nation’s emergency response providers. HistoryThe United States Army Chemical School provided training …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic violence — Domestic disturbance redirects here. For the 2001 film, see Domestic Disturbance. Domestic violence Classification and external resources eMedicine article/805546 MeSH …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic tariff area — (DTA) or Domestic Tariff Zone (DTZ) means an area within India that is outside the Special Economic Zones and EOU/EHTP/STP/BTP.[1] The units operating under certain specific schemes such as EPZ/SEZ/EOU are expected to carry out their activities… …   Wikipedia

  • use — 1 / yüs/ n 1 a: an arrangement in which property is granted to another with the trust and confidence that the grantor or another is entitled to the beneficial enjoyment of it see also trust; statute of uses in the important laws section ◇ Uses… …   Law dictionary

  • Domestic rabbit — This article is about domesticated European rabbits. For information on the wild variety, see European Rabbit. For general information on all rabbit species, see Rabbit. Domestic Rabbit Conservation status …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic partnership in the United States — Legal recognition of same sex relationships Marriage Argentina Belgium Canada Iceland Netherlands Norway Portugal South Africa Spain Sweden …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic partnership — Family law Entering into marriag …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic violence in the United States — Part of a series on Violence against women …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic partnership in California — Legal recognition of same sex relationships Marriage Argentina Belgium Canada Iceland Netherlands Norway Portugal South Africa Spain Sweden …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic responses to the 2011 Egyptian revolution — This article is about the domestic responses to the 2011 Egyptian protests. For international reactions, see International reactions to the 2011 Egyptian revolution. There have been numerous domestic responses to the Egyptian Revolution of 2011.… …   Wikipedia

  • Domestic partnership in Washington — Legal recognition of same sex relationships Marriage Argentina Belgium Canada Iceland Netherlands Norway Portugal South Africa Spain Sweden …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»